Document:

Employment Agreement - Leonard P. Ciriello

 Exhibit 10.24 
 EXECUTION COPY 
 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 
 THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT by and among AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”),
AFFINION GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“Affinion”) and LEONARD P. CIRIELLO (“Executive”) (collectively the “Parties”) is made as of February
13, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). 
 WHEREAS, the Parties desire to employ Executive pursuant to
the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this employment agreement (the “Agreement”); 
 WHEREAS, Executive desires to accept his employment on the terms hereinafter set forth in this Agreement. 
 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants, understandings, representations, warranties, undertakings and promises hereinafter set forth, intending to be legally bound thereby, the Parties agree as
follows: 
 Section 1. Employment Period. 
 Subject to earlier termination in accordance with Section 3 of this Agreement, Executive shall be employed by the Company and Affinion (collectively, the “Companies”) for a period
commencing on the Effective Date and ending on February 28, 2012 (the “Employment Period”); provided, however, that the Employment Period shall automatically be renewed for successive one (1) year periods thereafter unless
either the Company or Executive gives at least ninety (90) days’ written notice of its intention not to renew the Employment Period. Upon Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall
immediately resign all positions with the Companies or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, including any position as a member of any of the Companies’ Board of Directors. 
 Section 2. Terms of Employment. 
 (a) Position. During the Employment Period, Executive shall serve as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company and will perform such duties and exercise such supervision with regard to the business of the Company as
are associated with such position, including being responsible for the general legal and regulatory matters of the Company and such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Executive shall
report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If reasonably requested by the Board, Executive hereby agrees to serve (without additional compensation) as an officer and director of any member of the “Affinion Group” (as
defined in Section 5(a) below). 
 (b) Duties. During the Employment Period, Executive shall have such
responsibilities, duties, and authority that are customary for his position, subject at all times to the control of the Board, and shall perform such services as customarily are provided by an executive of a corporation with his position and such
other services consistent with his position, as shall be assigned to him from time to time

  

 1 

 
by the Board. Executive agrees to devote all of his business time to the business and affairs of the Company and to use Executive’s commercially reasonable efforts to perform faithfully,
effectively and efficiently his responsibilities and obligations hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prohibit Executive from (i) serving on civic or charitable boards or committees and (ii) managing personal
investments, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the performance of Executive’s responsibilities hereunder. 
 (c) Compensation. 
 (i) Base Salary. During the
Employment Period, Executive shall receive an initial annual base salary in an amount equal to Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), less all applicable withholdings, which shall be paid in accordance with the customary payroll
practices of the Company (as in effect from time to time, the “Annual Base Salary”). The Annual Base Salary shall be subject to annual review and increases, and the Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced without Executive’s
consent, unless the reduction is related to a broader compensation reduction that is not limited to Executive and does not exceed 10% of his Annual Base Salary. 
 (ii) Bonuses. During the Employment Period, the Company shall establish a bonus plan for each fiscal year of the
Company (each, the “Plan”) pursuant to which Executive will be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Bonus”). The Compensation Committee of the Board will administer the Plan and at such time as the Company
becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) establish in advance performance objectives for each year in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code. In the event that the
Company achieves the target established in the Plan based on actual performance, Executive shall be eligible to receive a Bonus in an amount equal to 100% of Executive’s Annual Base Salary (“Target Bonus”). Subject to
Section 4, Executive will be entitled to receive the Bonus only upon the Company’s achievement of the specified performance objectives and if Executive is employed on the last day of the applicable fiscal year. The Bonus shall become
payable in the following fiscal year on or before March 15 provided that the Compensation Committee certifies that the Company has achieved the applicable performance objectives and determines the amount of the bonus that shall be paid to each
executive entitled to receive a bonus for the applicable fiscal year. 
 In addition, the Company shall pay to
Executive a one-time signing bonus of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) (the “Signing Bonus”). The Signing Bonus shall be paid by the Company to Executive as soon as practicable after February 17, 2009, but in no event later than
March 31, 2009. In the event Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason or the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause prior to the February 17, 2010, the Executive shall be required to repay the Signing Bonus
to the Company within thirty (30) calendar days of such termination. 
  

 2 

 (iii) Benefits. During the Employment Period, Executive shall be
eligible to participate in all retirement, compensation and employee benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Companies to the extent applicable generally to other senior executives of the Companies (except severance plans,
policies, practices, or programs) subject to the eligibility criteria set forth therein, as such may be amended or terminated from time to time. 
 (iv) Expenses. During the term of Executive’s employment, Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all reasonable business expenses incurred by Executive in performance of his
duties hereunder provided that Executive provides all necessary documentation in accordance with the Companies’ policies. 
 Section 3.
Termination of Employment. 
 (a) Death or Disability. Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically
upon Executive’s death. If Executive becomes subject to a “Disability” (as defined below) during the Employment Period, the Company may give Executive written notice in accordance with Sections 3(f) and 10(h) of its intention to
terminate Executive’s employment. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” means (i) Executive’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) Executive is, by reason of any medically determinable physical of mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Companies.

 (b) Cause. Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by the Company for “Cause” (as defined
below). For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean Executive’s (i) conviction of a felony or a crime of moral turpitude; (ii) conduct that constitutes fraud or embezzlement; (iii) willful misconduct or
willful gross neglect; (iv) continued willful failure to substantially perform his duties as Executive Vice President and General Counsel; or (v) a material breach by Executive of this Agreement; provided that in the event of a termination
pursuant to clause (iv) or (v), to the extent such failure to perform duties or material breach is subject to cure, the Company shall have notified Executive in writing describing such failure to perform duties or material breach and Executive
shall have failed to cure such failure to perform or breach within 30 days after his receipt of such written notice. 
 (c)
Termination Without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause at any time. 
  

 3 

 (d) Good Reason. Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time by
Executive for Good Reason upon 60 days’ prior written notice following the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means voluntary resignation after
any of the following actions taken by the Companies without Executive’s consent: (i) any material failure of the Companies to fulfill their obligations under this Agreement, (ii) a material and adverse change to, or a material
reduction of, Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Companies, (iii) a reduction in Executive’s Annual Base Salary or Target Bonus (excluding any diminution related to a broader compensation reduction that is not limited to
Executive specifically and that is not more than 10% in the aggregate or any diminution to which Executive consented) or (iv) the relocation of Executive’s primary office to a location more than 35 miles from the prior location;
provided that any such event shall not constitute Good Reason unless and until Executive shall have provided the Companies with notice thereof no later than 60 days following the occurrence of such event and the Companies shall have failed to
remedy such event within 30 days of receipt of such notice. 
 (e) Voluntary Termination. Executive’s employment may
be terminated at any time by Executive without Good Reason upon 90 days’ prior written notice. 
 (f) Termination as a
Result of Non-Renewal of the Employment Period by the Company. The expiration of the Employment Period, and the termination of Executive’s employment upon the date of such expiration, on account of the Company giving notice to Executive of
its desire not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1, shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a termination without Cause pursuant to Section 4(a). 
 (g) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or without Cause, or by Executive for Good Reason or without Good
Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 10(h). For purposes of this Agreement, a “Notice of Termination” means a written notice that (i) indicates
the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the
provision so indicated and (iii) if the “Date of Termination” (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date. The failure by Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of
Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of Executive or the Company hereunder or preclude Executive or the Company from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing
Executive’s or the Company’s rights hereunder. 
 (h) Date of Termination. “Date of
Termination” means (i) if Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, without Cause or by reason of Disability, or by Executive for Good Reason or without Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of
Termination (in the case of a termination with or without Good Reason, provided such Date of Termination is in accordance with

  

 4 

 
Section 3(d) or Section 3(e)) or any later date specified therein pursuant to Section 3(g), as the case may be, (ii) if Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of
death, the date of death, and (iii) the expiration of the Employment Period, and the termination of Executive’s employment upon the date of such expiration, on account of the Company giving notice to Executive of its desire not to extend
the Employment Period in accordance with Section 3(f). 
 Section 4. Obligations of the Company upon Termination. 
 (a) With Good Reason; Without Cause. If during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate Executive’s employment without
Cause or Executive shall terminate his employment for Good Reason, then the Company will provide Executive with the following payments and/or benefits: 
 (i) The Company shall pay to Executive as soon as reasonably practicable but no later than the
15th day of the third month following the end of the
calendar year that contains the Date of Termination in a lump sum to the extent not previously paid, (A) the Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination, and (B) the Bonus earned for any fiscal year ended prior to the year in which
the Date of Termination occurs, provided that Executive was employed on the last day of such fiscal year (“Accrued Obligations”); and 
 (ii) After the Date of Termination, the Company will pay Executive, in six quarterly installments commencing as of the Date of Termination, an amount equal to 100% of the sum of (A) Executive’s
Annual Base Salary and (B) Executive’s Target Bonus, such installment to be paid ratably on the last day of the quarter (the “Severance Payments”). 
 (b) Death or Disability. If Executive’s employment shall be terminated by reason of the Executive’s death or Disability,
then the Company will provide Executive with the following severance payments and/or benefits: the Company shall pay Executive or his legal representatives (i) the Accrued Obligations; (ii) a lump sum equal to 100% of Executive’s
Annual Base Salary; and (iii) the continuation of death or Disability benefits thereafter in accordance with the terms of such plans of the Companies then in effect. 
 Thereafter, the Companies shall have no further obligation to Executive or his legal representatives. 
 (c) Cause; Other than for Good Reason. If Executive’s employment shall be terminated by the Company for Cause or by Executive without Good Reason, then the Companies shall have no further
obligations to Executive other than for payment of the Accrued Obligations and any indemnification rights he may have pursuant to Section 9. 
 (d) Separation Agreement and General Release. The Company’s obligations to make payments under Sections 4(a) and 4(b) are conditioned on Executive’s or his legal
representative’s executing a separation agreement and

  

 5 

 
general release of claims against the Companies and their respective affiliates (and their respective officers and directors) in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit
A, subject to changes as maybe warranted to be made to such release to preserve the intent thereof for changes in applicable laws; provided, that, if Executive should fail to execute (or revokes) such release within 60 days following the
Date of Termination, the Company shall not have any obligation to provide the payments contemplated under this Section 4. 
 (e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the payments and/or benefits due under Section 4(a) or Section 4(b) are determined to be “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A of
the Code, and the Company determines that Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the final regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”) and other
guidance issued thereunder, then such payments and/or benefits (or portion thereof) shall commence no earlier than the first day of the seventh month following Executive’s termination of employment (with the first such payment being a lump sum
equal to the aggregate payments and/or benefits Executive would have received during such six-month period if no such payment delay had been imposed). For purposes of this Section 4(e), “termination of employment” shall mean
Executive’s “separation from service”, as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Treasury Regulations, including the default presumptions thereunder. 
 Section 5. Restrictive Covenants. 
 (a) Non-Solicitation. During the
Employment Period and ending on the third anniversary of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason, Executive shall not directly or indirectly through another person or entity (i) induce or attempt to induce
any employee of the Companies and their respective affiliates (collectively, the “Affinion Group”) to leave the employ of the Affinion Group, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Affinion Group, on the one hand,
and any employee thereof, on the other hand, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Affinion Group or (iii) induce or attempt to induce any customer, supplier, licensee or other business relation of the Affinion Group to cease
doing business with the Affinion Group, or in any way interfere with the relationship between any such customer, supplier, licensee or business relation, on the one hand, and the Affinion Group, on the other hand. 
 (b) Non-Competition. Executive acknowledges that, in the course of his employment with the Affinion Group, Executive has become
familiar, or will become familiar, with the Affinion Group’s “Confidential Information” and that such Executive’s services have been and will be of special, unique and extraordinary value to the Affinion Group. Therefore,
Executive agrees that, during the Employment Period and ending on the second anniversary of Executive’s termination of employment with the Company for any reason (the “Non-Compete Period”), Executive shall not, directly or
indirectly, engage in any business that markets, provides, administers or makes available affinity-based membership

  

 6 

 
programs, affinity-based insurance programs, benefit packages as an enhancement to financial institutions or other customer accounts or loyalty-based programs (whether as of the date hereof or
during the Non-Compete Period), anywhere in the world in which the Affinion Group is doing business. For purposes of this Section 5(b), the phrase “directly or indirectly, engage in” shall include any direct or indirect
ownership or profit participation interest in such enterprise, whether as an owner, stockholder, partner, joint venturer or otherwise, and shall include any direct or indirect participation in such enterprise as an employee, consultant, licensor of
technology or otherwise; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 5(b) shall prohibit Executive from being a passive owner of not more than 5% of the outstanding stock of any class of a corporation which is publicly traded,
so long as Executive has no active participation in the business of such corporation. 
 (c) Non-Disclosure; Non-Use of
Confidential Information. Executive shall not disclose or use at any time, either during his employment with the Companies or at any time thereafter, any Confidential Information of which Executive is or becomes aware, whether or not such
information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Executive’s performance in good faith of duties assigned to Executive by the Company. Executive will take all appropriate
steps to safeguard Confidential Information in his possession and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. Executive shall deliver to the Company at the termination of his employment with the Company, or at any time the
Company may request, all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof) relating to the Confidential Information or the “Work Product” (as defined in
Section 5(e)(ii)) of the business of the Affinion Group that Executive may then possess or have under his control. 
 (d)
Proprietary Rights. Executive recognizes that the Affinion Group possesses a proprietary interest in all Confidential Information and Work Product and has the exclusive right and privilege to use, protect by copyright, patent or trademark, or
otherwise exploit the processes, ideas and concepts described therein to the exclusion of Executive, except as otherwise agreed between the Affinion Group and Executive in writing. Executive expressly agrees that any Work Product made or developed
by Executive or his agents during the course of Executive’s employment, including any Work Product which is based on or arises out of Work Product, shall be the property of and inure to the exclusive benefit of the Affinion Group. Executive
further agrees that all Work Product developed by Executive (whether or not able to be protected by copyright, patent or trademark) during the course of his employment with the Companies, or involving the use of the time, materials or other
resources of the Affinion Group, shall be promptly disclosed to the Affinion Group and shall become the exclusive property of the Affinion Group, and Executive shall execute and deliver any and all documents necessary or appropriate to implement the
foregoing. 
  

 7 

 (e) Certain Definitions. 
 (i) As used herein, the term “Confidential Information” means information that is not generally known to the
public (but for purposes of clarity, Confidential Information shall never exclude any such information that become known to the public because of Executive’s unauthorized disclosure) and that is used, developed or obtained by the Affinion Group
in connection with its business, including, but not limited to, information, observations and data obtained by Executive while employed by the Affinion Group concerning (A) the business or affairs of the Affinion Group, (B) products or
services, (C) fees, costs and pricing structures, (D) designs, (E) analyses, (F) drawings, photographs and reports, (G) computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings, (H) flow charts,
manuals and documentation, (I) databases, (J) accounting and business methods, (K) inventions, devices, new developments, methods and processes, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice,
(L) customers and clients and customer or client lists, (M) other copyrightable works, (N) all production methods, processes, technology and trade secrets, and (O) all similar and related information in whatever form.
Confidential Information will not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public (except as a result of Executive’s unauthorized disclosure) prior to the date Executive proposes to disclose or use
such information. Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published or otherwise disclosed merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such
information have been published in combination. 
 (ii) As used herein, the term “Work Product”
means all inventions, innovations, improvements, technical information, systems, software developments, methods, designs, analyses, drawings, reports, service marks, trademarks, trade names, logos and all similar or related information (whether
patentable or unpatentable) that relates to the Affinion Group’s actual or anticipated business, research and development or existing or future products or services and that are conceived, developed or made by Executive (whether or not during
usual business hours and whether or not alone or in conjunction with any other person) while employed by the Companies together with all patent applications, letters patent, trademark, trade name and service mark applications or registrations,
copyrights and reissues thereof that may be granted for or upon any of the foregoing. 
 Section 6. Non-Disparagement. 
 During the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing until the third anniversary of the Executive’s termination of
employment for any reason, neither Executive nor his agents, on the one hand, nor the Companies formally, or their respective senior executives or board of directors, on the other hand, shall directly or indirectly issue or communicate any public
statement, or statement likely to become public, that maligns, denigrates or disparages the other (including, in the case of communications by Executive or his agents, any of the Companies’ officers, directors or employees). The foregoing shall
not be violated by truthful responses to legal process or governmental inquiry or by private statements to any of the Companies’ officers, directors or employees; provided, that in the case of Executive, such statements are made in the
course of carrying out his duties pursuant to this Agreement. 
  

 8 

 Section 7. Severance Payments. 
 In addition to the foregoing, and not in any way in limitation of any right or remedy otherwise available to the Affinion Group, if
Executive violates Section 5 or Section 6 hereof, any Severance Payments then or thereafter due from the Company to Executive shall be terminated immediately and the Company’s obligation to pay and Executive’s right to receive
such Severance Payments shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. 
 Section 8. Executive’s Representations, Warranties and
Covenants. 
 (a) Executive hereby represents and warrants to the Companies that: 
 (i) Executive has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly executed by Executive; 
 (ii) the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement by Executive does not and will not, with or without notice or the passage of time, conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any agreement, contract or instrument to which Executive is a party or any
judgment, order or decree to which Executive is subject; 
 (iii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any
employment agreement, consulting agreement, non-compete agreement, fee for services agreement, confidentiality agreement or similar agreement with any other person; 
 (iv) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Companies and Executive, this Agreement will be a legal, valid
and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms; 
 (v) Executive understands that
the Companies will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the representations and warranties of Executive set forth herein and Executive consents to such reliance; and 
 (vi) as of the date of execution of this Agreement, Executive is not in breach of any of its terms, including having
committed any acts that would form the basis for a Cause termination if such act had occurred after the Effective Date. 
 (b)
The Companies hereby represent and warrant to Executive that: 
 (i) the Companies have all requisite power and
authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and this Agreement has been duly executed by the Companies; 
  

 9 

 (ii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the
Companies does not and will not, with or without notice or the passage of time, conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any agreement, contract or instrument to which the Companies are a party or any judgment, order or decree to
which the Companies are subject; 
 (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Companies and
Executive, this Agreement will be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Companies, enforceable in accordance with its terms; and 
 (iv) the Companies understand that Executive will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the representations and warranties of the Companies set forth herein and the Companies consent to such reliance.

 Section 9. Indemnification. 
 The Company shall secure directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of Executive on terms at least equal to those applicable to the other directors and officers of the Company
(which insurance, for Executive, shall provide for advancement of defense costs) and shall indemnify Executive to the maximum extent permitted under the General Corporate Law of Delaware. 
 Section 10. General Provisions. 
 (a) Severability. It is the desire and intent of the Parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which
enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable under any present or future law, and if the rights and obligations
of any party under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, such provision, as to such jurisdiction, shall be ineffective, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction; furthermore, in lieu of such invalid or unenforceable provision there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement, a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms
to such invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such provision could be more narrowly drawn so as not to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable in such jurisdiction, it shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be so narrowly drawn, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. 
 (b) Entire Agreement and Effectiveness. Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and
understanding among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject
matter hereof in any way (excluding any stock options or awards granted under any equity compensation plans maintained by the Company). 
  

 10 

 (c) Successors and Assigns. 
 (i) This Agreement is personal to Executive and without the prior written consent of the Companies shall not be assignable by
Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s legal representatives. 
 (ii) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Companies and their respective successors and
assigns. The Companies will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Companies to assume expressly and agree to perform this
Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Companies would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, “Companies” shall mean the Companies as hereinbefore defined and any
successor to their business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law, or otherwise. 
 (d) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO ANY CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICTING PROVISION OR RULE
(WHETHER OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF DELAWARE TO BE APPLIED. IN FURTHERANCE OF THE FOREGOING, THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WILL CONTROL THE
INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF UNDER SUCH JURISDICTION’S CHOICE OF LAW OR CONFLICT OF LAW ANALYSIS, THE SUBSTANTIVE LAW OF SOME OTHER JURISDICTION WOULD ORDINARILY APPLY. 
 (e) Enforcement. 
 (i) Arbitration. Except for disputes arising under Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claim for injunctive relief), any controversy, dispute or claim arising out
of or relating to this Agreement, or its interpretation, application, implementation, breach or enforcement which the Parties are unable to resolve by mutual agreement, shall be settled by submission by either Executive or the Companies of the
controversy, claim or dispute to binding arbitration in New York (unless the Parties agree in writing to a different location), before a single arbitrator in accordance with the Employment Dispute Resolution Rules of the American Arbitration
Association then in effect. In any such arbitration proceeding the Parties agree to provide all discovery deemed necessary by the arbitrator. The decision and award made by the arbitrator shall

  

 11 

 
be final, binding and conclusive on all Parties hereto for all purposes, and judgment may be entered thereon in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Each party shall bear its or his costs and
expenses in any such arbitration and one-half of the arbitrator’s fees and costs; provided, however, that the arbitrator shall have the discretion to award the prevailing party reimbursement of its or his reasonable
attorney’s fees and costs. 
 (ii) Remedies. All remedies hereunder are cumulative, are in addition
to any other remedies provided for by law and may, to the extent permitted by law, be exercised concurrently or separately, and the exercise of any one remedy shall not be deemed to be an election of such remedy or to preclude the exercise of any
other remedy. 
 (iii) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ALL
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. 
 (f)
Amendment and Waiver. The provisions of this Agreement may be amended and waived only with the prior written consent of the Companies and Executive and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement
shall be construed as a waiver of such provisions or affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement or any provision hereof. 
 (g) Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement must be in writing and must be either personally delivered, transmitted via telecopier, mailed by first class mail (postage prepaid and return
receipt requested) or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the recipient at the address below indicated or at such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior
written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder and received when delivered personally, when received if transmitted via telecopier, five days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one day after deposit for
overnight delivery with a reputable overnight courier service. 
 If to the Companies, to: 
 Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. 
 100 Connecticut Avenue 
 Norwalk, CT 06850 
 Facsimile: (203) 956-1206 
 Attention: President 
 with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to: 
 Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP 
 590 Madison Avenue 
 New York, NY 10022 Facsimile: (212) 872-1002 

Attention: Adam Weinstein, Esq. 
  

 12 

 If to Executive, to: 
 Executive’s home address most recently on file with the Company. 
 (h)
Withholdings Taxes. The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such federal, state and local taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. 
 (i) Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. All representations, warranties and agreements contained herein shall
survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby indefinitely. 
 (j) Descriptive Headings. The
descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement. All references to a “Section” in this Agreement are to a section of the Agreement unless otherwise noted. 

(k) Construction. Where specific language is used to clarify by example a general statement contained herein, such specific
language shall not be deemed to modify, limit or restrict in any manner the construction of the general statement to which it relates. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their
mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against any party. 
 (l) Code Section 409A. If
any payments of compensation or benefits due to Executive hereunder could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred if deferral will make such
payment or other benefits compliant with Section 409A of the Code; otherwise, such payment or other benefits shall be restructured, to the extent possible, in a manner, determined by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive, that does
not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. 
 (m) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate
counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement. 
 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 
  

 13 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written
above. 

					
	
	AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Nathaniel J. Lipman
		 	Name:	 	Nathaniel J. Lipman
		 	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer
	
	AFFINION GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Nathaniel J. Lipman
		 	Name:	 	Nathaniel J. Lipman
		 	Title:	 	President and Chief Executive Officer

			
	
	LEONARD P. CIRIELLO
		
	Signature:	 	Leonard P. Ciriello

  

 14 

 EXHIBIT A 
 GENERAL RELEASE 
 1. Termination of Employment.
Leonard P. Ciriello (“Executive”) acknowledges that his last day of employment with Affinion Group Holdings, Inc. (together with Affinion Group, Inc., the “Company”) is
                                 (the “Termination Date”).

 2. Full Release. For the consideration set forth in the Employment Agreement, by and between the Company and
Executive, dated as of February __, 2009 (the “Employment Agreement”) and for other fair and valuable consideration therefore, Executive, for himself, his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (hereinafter
collectively referred to as the “Releasors”), hereby fully releases and discharges the Company, its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, insurers, successors, and assigns, and their respective officers, directors, officers, employees,
and agents (all such persons, firms, corporations and entities being deemed beneficiaries hereof and are referred to herein as the “Company Entities”) from any and all actions, causes of action, claims, obligations, costs, losses,
liabilities, damages and demands of whatsoever character, whether or not known, suspected or claimed, which the Releasors have, from the beginning of time through the date of this General Release, against the Company Entities arising out of or in
any way related to Executive’s employment or termination of his employment; provided, however, that this shall not be a release with respect to any amounts and benefits owed to Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement upon
termination of employment, employee benefit plans of the Company, or Executive’s right to indemnification and directors and officers insurance as provided in Section 9 of the Employment Agreement. 
 3. Waiver of Rights Under Other Statutes. Executive understands that this General Release waives all claims and rights Executive may
have under certain federal, state and local statutory and regulatory laws, as each may be amended from time to time, including but not limited to, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (including the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act)
(“ADEA”), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Equal Pay Act; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification Act; the Connecticut Fair Employment Practices Act; and all other statutes, regulations, common law, and other laws in any and all jurisdictions (including, but not limited to, Connecticut) that in any way relate to Executive’s
employment or the termination of his employment. 
 4. Informed and Voluntary Signature. No promise or inducement has
been made other than those set forth in this General Release. This General Release is executed by Executive without reliance on any representation by Company or any of its agents. Executive states that that he is fully competent to manage his
business affairs and understands that he may be waiving legal rights by signing this General Release. Executive hereby acknowledges that he has carefully read this General Release and has had the opportunity to thoroughly discuss the terms of this
General Release with legal counsel of his choosing. Executive hereby acknowledges that he fully understands the terms of this General Release and its final and binding effect and that he affixes his signature hereto voluntarily and of his own free
will. 
  

 15 

 5. Waiver of Rights Under the Age Discrimination Act. Executive
understands that this General Release, and the release contained herein, waives all of his claims and rights under the ADEA. The waiver of Executive’s rights under the ADEA does not extend to claims or rights that might arise after the date
this General Release is executed. The monies to be paid to Executive are in addition to any sums to which Executive would be entitled without signing this General Release. For a period of seven (7) days following execution of this General
Release, Executive may revoke the terms of this General Release by a written document received by the General Counsel of the Company no later than 11:59 p.m. of the seventh day following Executive’s execution of this General Release. This
General Release will not be effective until said revocation period has expired. Executive acknowledges that he has been given up to [21/45]1 days to decide whether to sign this General Release. Executive has been advised to consult with an attorney prior to
executing this General Release and has been given a full and fair opportunity to do so. 
 6. Miscellaneous. 

(a) This General Release shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Connecticut without regard to the
principles of conflict of law. 
 (b) In the event that any one or more of the provisions of this General Release
is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. Moreover, if any one or more of the provisions contained in this General
Release is held to be excessively broad as to duration, scope, activity or subject, such provisions will be construed by limiting and reducing them so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law. 
 (c) This General Release may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 (d) The paragraph headings used in this General
Release are included solely for convenience and shall not affect or be used in connection with the interpretation of this General Release. 
 (e) This General Release and the Employment Agreement represent the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereto and may not be amended except in a writing signed by the
Company and Executive. If any dispute should arise under this General Release, it shall be settled in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement. 
 (f) This General Release shall be binding on the executors, heirs, administrators, successors and assigns of Executive and
the successors and assigns of Company and shall inure to the benefit of the respective executors, heirs, administrators, successors and assigns of the Company Entities and the Releasors. 
  

	1	 Insert 45 days in the event of a layoff of two or more employees. 

  

 16 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this General Release on this
     day of                     . 

			
	
	AFFINION GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name: Title:	 	
	
	AFFINION GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	 
	Name: Title:	 	

			
	
	LEONARD P. CIRIELLO
		
	Signature:	 	 

  

 17United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan

 Exhibit 4.3 
 UNITED AIRLINES 
 PILOT DIRECTED ACCOUNT PLAN 

 2002 RESTATEMENT 
 WHEREAS, United Air Lines, Inc., (the “Company”) desires to amend and restate the provisions of the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots’ Directed Account Retirement Income Plan (the
“Plan”). 
 NOW, THEREFORE, effective as of January 1, 2002, or as otherwise provided therein, the Company hereby
adopts the attached instrument entitled “United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan” as an amendment and restatement of the Plan. 
  

											
	  	 	  	 	  	 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

	Reviewed and approved.	 		 		 		 	
				
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	  	  	Page
		
	 Section 1 - Introduction
	  	1-1
			
	 1.1
	  	History, Purpose, Description and Interpretation	  	1-1
	 1.2
	  	Benefits Under Prior Plan	  	1-1
	 1.3
	  	Applicable Laws	  	1-1
	 1.4
	  	Compliance with Code Section 414(u)	  	1-2
	 1.5
	  	Defined Terms	  	1-2
		
	 Section 2 - Participation
	  	2-1
			
	 2.1
	  	Eligibility for Participation	  	2-1
	 2.2
	  	Leased Employees	  	2-1
	 2.3
	  	Classification	  	2-1
	 2.4
	  	Termination of Participation	  	2-1
	 2.5
	  	Participation Not Contract of Employment	  	2-1
		
	 Section 3 - Funding Part
	  	3-1
			
	 3.1
	  	Trust Fund	  	3-1
	 3.2
	  	Entities Acting Under the Funding Part	  	3-1
	 3.3
	  	Limit of Company’s Obligation; No Guaranty of Benefits	  	3-1
	 3.4
	  	No Reversion to Company	  	3-1
		
	 Section 4 - Plan Contributions
	  	4-1
			
	 4.1
	  	Company Contributions	  	4-1
	 4.2
	  	Participant Elective Deferral Contributions	  	4-1
	 4.3
	  	Participant Voluntary Contributions	  	4-2
	 4.4
	  	Rollover Contributions	  	4-3
	 4.5
	  	Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations	  	4-3
	 4.6
	  	Distribution of Excess Elective Deferrals and Income	  	4-5
		
	 Section 5 - Accounting
	  	5-1
			
	 5.1
	  	Participants’ Accounts	  	5-1
	 5.2
	  	Valuation and Adjustment of Accounts	  	5-2
	 5.3
	  	Crediting of Contribution	  	5-2
	 5.4
	  	Charging Payments and Distributions	  	5-3
		
	 Section 6 - Investment of Participants’ Accounts
	  	6-1
			
	 6.1
	  	Investment Funds	  	6-1
	 6.2
	  	Investment of Accounts	  	6-5
	 6.3
	  	Procedures for Giving Investment Directions	  	6-8
	 6.4
	  	Effective Date of Investment Directions; Confirmation of Transaction	  	6-8
	 6.5
	  	Investment of Accounts on Death of Participant	  	6-9
	 6.6
	  	Investment of QDRO Accounts	  	6-10
	 6.7
	  	Satisfaction of Liquidity Needs of Investment Fund(s)	  	6-10
	 6.8
	  	Investment in UAL Stock Fund	  	6-10
	 6.9
	  	Limitations on Investments in Company Securities	  	6-11
	 6.10
	  	Plan Covered by Section 404(c) of ERISA	  	6-13

  

 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	  	  	Page
		
	 Section 7 - Distribution of Account Balances
	  	7-1
			
	 7.1
	  	Vesting	  	7-1
	 7.2
	  	Termination of Employment	  	7-1
	 7.3
	  	Forms of Distribution	  	7-2
	 7.4
	  	Requirements for Annuity Forms of Payment	  	7-3
	 7.5
	  	Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Requirement	  	7-4
	 7.6
	  	Payments to Beneficiary	  	7-6
	 7.7
	  	Missing Participants or Beneficiaries	  	7-7
	 7.8
	  	Payments to Minors and Other Persons Under Legal Disability	  	7-8
	 7.9
	  	Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated	  	7-8
	 7.10
	  	Commencement of Distributions	  	7-8
	 7.11
	  	Distribution of QDRO Account	  	7-8
	 7.12
	  	Direct Rollover	  	7-9
	 7.13
	  	Delay in Payments	  	7-9
	 7.14
	  	Distribution of Elective Deferrals on Account of Financial Hardship	  	7-9
	 7.15
	  	In-Service Withdrawal	  	7-11
		
	 Section 8 - Plan Administration
	  	8-1
			
	 8.1
	  	Plan Administrator	  	8-1
	 8.2
	  	Committee Membership and Authority	  	8-1
	 8.3
	  	Delegation By Committee	  	8-1
	 8.4
	  	Uniform Rules	  	8-2
	 8.5
	  	Information to be Furnished to Committee	  	8-2
	 8.6
	  	Exercise of Committee’s Duties	  	8-2
	 8.7
	  	Remuneration and Expenses	  	8-2
	 8.8
	  	Resignation or Removal of Committee Member	  	8-2
	 8.9
	  	Appointment of Successor Committee Members	  	8-2
	 8.10
	  	Notices	  	8-2
	 8.11
	  	Evidence	  	8-3
	 8.12
	  	Reliance	  	8-3
	 8.13
	  	Top-Heavy Provisions	  	8-3
		
	 Section 9 - Benefit Claim Procedure
	  	9-1
			
	 9.1
	  	Review by Pension Board	  	9-1
	 9.2
	  	Pension Board	  	9-3
		
	 Section 10 - Limitation on Annual Additions
	  	10-1
			
	 10.1
	  	Limitation	  	10-1
	 10.2
	  	Adjustments	  	10-1
	 10.3
	  	Definitions	  	10-1
	 10.4
	  	Responsibility of the Committee	  	10-2

  

 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
 (continued) 
  

					
	  	  	Page
		
	 Section 11 - Amendment And Termination
	  	11-1
			
	 11.1
	  	Amendment	  	11-1
	 11.2
	  	Termination	  	11-1
	 11.3
	  	Merger and Consolidation of Plan Transfer of Plan Assets	  	11-1
	 11.4
	  	Distribution on Termination	  	11-1
	 11.5
	  	Notice of Amendment or Termination	  	11-1
	 11.6
	  	Limitation on Amendment or Termination	  	11-1
		
	 Section 12 - Loans to Participants
	  	12-1
			
	 12.1
	  	Loans to Participants	  	12-1
	 12.2
	  	Amount of Loan	  	12-1
	 12.3
	  	Interest Rate Charged on Loan	  	12-1
	 12.4
	  	Fee for Loan	  	12-1
	 12.5
	  	Order of Depletion of Accounts for Loans	  	12-1
	 12.6
	  	Promissory Note; Security for Loan	  	12-2
	 12.7
	  	Loan Repayments.	  	12-2
	 12.8
	  	Administration of Loans	  	12-4

					
		
	 Exhibit A - Special Effective Dates
	  	Exh. A-1

  

 iii 

 UNITED AIRLINES 
 PILOT DIRECTED ACCOUNT PLAN 
 (2002 Restatement) 

 UNITED AIRLINES 
 PILOT DIRECTED ACCOUNT PLAN 
 (2002 RESTATEMENT) 
 Section 1 - INTRODUCTION 
 1.1 History, Purpose, Description and Interpretation. 

 (a) Effective January 1, 1955, a predecessor of United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) established a variable
benefit retirement income program to provide retirement income and other benefits for its eligible Pilot employees and their beneficiaries. Effective as of January 1, 1976, this program was amended and continued as United Air Lines, Inc.
Pilots’ Variable Benefit Retirement Income Plan (the “Prior Plan”). Effective as of the Effective Date (September 1, 1982), the Prior Plan was amended, revised and restated as the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots’ Directed Account
Retirement Income Plan, which plan has subsequently been amended and is amended and restated by this instrument effective as of the Restatement Date (January 1, 2002) (the “Plan”). 
 (b) The Plan (including the Funding Part) is maintained pursuant to the terms of a collective bargaining agreement between the Company and
the Association. 
 (c) The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to constitute a qualified plan under Code
Sections 401(a) and 501(a) with a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k), and is intended to conform to the requirements of ERISA and must be interpreted in furtherance of that intent. Effective January 1,
2003, the Plan is intended to be a design based safe harbor 401(k) plan under Code Section 401(k)(12). 
 (d) Some Plan
provisions such as special purpose provisions or provisions that have application to a limited number of participants may be described in exhibits or supplements to the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the terms of a Plan exhibit or
supplement and the terms of the remainder of the Plan, the terms of the Plan exhibit or supplement will control. 
 (e) To the
extent required by and in accordance with treasury regulations, for any Plan Year that is less than 12 months long, the dollar limitations of Code Sections 401(a)(17), 414(q), 415 and 416 will be adjusted to reflect the short Plan Year. 

(f) In the Plan, where the context requires, words in any gender include the other genders, the plural includes the singular, and the
singular includes the plural. 
 1.2 Benefits Under Prior Plan. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, if an
individual retired or otherwise terminated his or her employment with the Company prior to the Effective Date, his or her right to benefits under the Prior Plan, if any, will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Prior Plan.

 1.3 Applicable Laws. The laws of Illinois shall be the controlling state law in all matters relating to the Plan and
shall be applicable to the extent that they are not preempted by the laws of the United States of America. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 1.4 Compliance with Code Section 414(u). Notwithstanding any provision of this
Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). 
 1.5 Defined Terms. The following terms when used with initial capitalization have the following meanings: 
 Account. An “Account” with respect to a Participant means any and all accounts maintained on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 5.1, as the context requires. 
 Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP. “Actual Deferral Percentage” or “ADP” means, for a specified group of eligible
Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent for each eligible Participant in such group) of: (i) the amount of Company contributions actually paid over to the
Funding Part on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to: (ii) the Participant’s Testing Wages while he or she was a Participant for such Plan Year. Company contributions on behalf of any Participant will include: (A) any
Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant’s deferral election, including Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees; and (B) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions. For the
purposes of computing Actual Deferral Percentages, a Participant who fails to make Elective Deferrals will be treated as a Participant on whose behalf zero Elective Deferrals are made. 
 Affiliate. The term “Affiliate” means any corporation on and after the date that it is, along with the Company, a member of
a controlled group of corporations as defined in Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o). Strictly for purposes of Section 10, the term “Affiliate” will be modified to take into account the rules contained in Code
Section 415(h). 
 Annuity Starting Date. An “Annuity Starting Date” is the first day of the first period
for which an amount is paid as an annuity or, in the case of a form of benefit other than an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitle the Participant to payment of such benefit. An Annuity Starting Date shall occur as
soon as administratively practicable following the receipt and processing by the Committee of all required and properly completed election forms filed by the Participant with the Committee. 
 Association. The “Association” is the Air Line Pilots Association, International. 
 Beneficiary. “Beneficiary” means the natural or legal person or persons to whom a deceased Participant’s benefits are
payable pursuant to Section 7.5 and Section 7.6. 
 Business Day. “Business Day” means each day the
New York Stock Exchange is open. 
 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, any
successor laws thereto, and regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other binding pronouncements of an agency of the federal government that has jurisdiction with respect thereto. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Committee. “Committee” means the committee (sometimes referred to as
PAWPAC) appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company with the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan on behalf of the Company in accordance with Section 8. 
 Company. “Company” means United Air Lines, Inc. and any successor thereto. 
 Deferral Limit. The “Deferral Limit” for a calendar year is the amount determined under Code Section 402(g), as
adjusted for cost of living increases. 
 Disabled. A Participant will be considered “Disabled” for
purposes of the Plan if he or she is permanently unable, for medical reasons, to pass the periodic physical examinations required by the Company for Pilots for reasons other than disability resulting from: 
 (a) intentional self inflicted injury or attempted suicide; 
 (b) addiction to alcohol or narcotics; 
 (c) injury sustained while engaged in or
as a result of engaging in a criminal enterprise; and 
 (d) war or active service in the armed forces other than bodily injury
or illness incurred while participating in a civilian reserve air fleet operation or while on military duty while actively employed by the Company. 
 The determination that a Participant is Disabled must occur while he or she is employed by the Company as a Pilot or within the one year period of his or her employment with the Company that commences on the date of his or her transfer to
another job classification established by the Company. In order to determine if a Participant continues to be Disabled, the Company may cause the Participant to be re-examined annually during the period of time provided for his or her seniority
protection under the then current agreement between the Company and the Association. 
 Earnings. The term
“Earnings” with respect to any Participant means the total cash compensation (determined before deduction for the Participant’s Elective Deferral contributions under this Plan, the Participant’s elective contributions to the
United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots’ Flexible Spending Program or any other pre-tax earnings deferral elections pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement or cafeteria plan) paid to him or her by the Company (whether paid before or after
retirement, disability, death, or other termination of employment), with respect to services he or she performed while classified as a Pilot and performed after becoming a Participant in accordance with Section 2.1, provided, however, that for
the purpose of making Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 4.2, Earnings will not include: (i) vacation pay received after the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company; (ii) contributions made or deemed
to have been made by the Company on behalf of the Participant to any qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan (except contributions made by reason of the Participant’s earnings reduction election under a qualified cash or deferred
arrangement) or other employee benefit plan (including but not limited to the Pilot Disability Income Plan or any other group disability plan), or any distribution or payment made or deemed to have been made to or on behalf of the Participant under
any such plan; (iii) Company contributions, except

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
contributions made by reason of an earnings reduction election to, or credits under, a Code Section 125 cafeteria plan whether or not received by the Participant in cash; (iv) except as
provided under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement maintained by the Company, compensation, the payment of which is deferred pursuant to an election of the Participant; (v) hiring bonuses or other special payments relating to initiation of
employment, moving expenses, relocation allowances, housing allowances, membership costs and dues, fees paid for employment referrals, prizes and awards (other than annual awards), expense reimbursement payments and allowances, pay for time on
Furlough, and severance pay or other special payments relating to termination of employment; (vi) any foreign service allowances, goods and services differential, hardship pay, and tax equalization payments paid to a Participant who is
designated by the Company as an expatriate, and any other special payments made in connection with such designation; and (vii) amounts realized with respect to restricted stock, non-qualified stock options, or stock appreciation rights.

 The annual compensation of each Participant taken into account under the Plan for the Plan Year is limited to $200,000 (or
such higher figure that reflects adjustments for changes in the cost of living provided under Code Section 401(a)(17)). If Earnings for any prior Plan Year are taken into account in determining a Participant’s allocations or benefits for
the current determination period, the Earnings for such prior Plan Year are subject to the applicable limitation on Earnings in effect for that prior Plan Year. If the period for determining Earnings used in calculating a Participant’s
allocation for a Plan Year is fewer than 12 months, other than an account of mid-year commencement or cessation of active participation, the Earnings limitation shall be an amount equal to the $200,000 limitation (as adjusted for cost of living
increase) multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short Plan Year, and the denominator of which is 12 months. 
 Effective Date. September 1, 1982. 
 Elective Deferrals or Elective
Deferral Contributions. “Elective Deferrals” or “Elective Deferral Contributions” means any Company contributions made to the Plan pursuant to the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, and include
contributions made under Section 4.2. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant’s Elective Deferrals is the sum of all Company contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under any qualified cash
or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any simplified employee pension cash or deferred arrangement, as described in Code Section 402(h)(1)(B), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code Section 457, any
plan as described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any employer contributions made on the behalf of the Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. 

ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 
 Excess Contributions. “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year: 
 (i) The aggregate amount of Company contributions actually taken into account in computing the ADP of Highly Compensated
Employees for such Plan Year, minus 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (ii) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test
(determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in the order of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages). 
 Excess Elective Deferrals. “Excess Elective Deferrals” means those Elective Deferrals that are includable in a Participant’s gross income under Code Section 402(a) to the extent
such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for a taxable year under this Plan and or this Plan and any other cash or deferred arrangement exceed the Deferral Limit for such year. 
 Funding Part. “Funding Part” means that part of the Plan, including the Trust and other funding documents, under which all
of the benefits provided by the Plan are funded and paid. 
 Highly Compensated Employee. “Highly Compensated
Employee” means an employee of the Company who satisfies the requirements of Code Section 414(q), applied based on the calendar year data election provided under IRS Notice 97-45 for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996.

 Investment Fund. “Investment Fund” means any of the investment options established pursuant to
Section 6.1. 
 Leased Employee. A “Leased Employee” means any person who is not a common law employee of
the Company (or an Affiliate), but who has provided services to the Company (or an Affiliate) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between the Company (or an Affiliate) and a leasing
organization, and under the Company’s (or an Affiliate’s) primary direction and control. 
 Non-Highly Compensated
Employee. “Non-Highly Compensated Employee” means an employee of the Company who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. 
 Normal Retirement Date. The “Normal Retirement Date” for a Participant under this Plan is the first day of the calendar month next following his or her 60th birthday. 
 Participant. “Participant” means a current or former Pilot who has entered the Plan pursuant to the provisions of
Section 2.1 and has not ceased to be a Participant pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.4. 
 PAWPAC.
“PAWPAC” means the Pension and Welfare Plans Administration Committee of the Company. 
 Pilot.
“Pilot” means an employee of the Company who is (i) designated by the Company as a Pilot (other than a Temporary Reclassification), (ii) listed on the Company’s Pilot Eligibility Seniority List or Second Officer Eligibility
Seniority List, and (iii) designated by the Company as a Captain, First Officer, International Relief Pilot, or Second Officer of an aircraft, but excluding any such employee whose principal duties are not customarily performed aboard aircraft
in flight. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-5	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Pilot Pension Plan. “Pilot Pension Plan” means the defined benefit pension
plan which is applicable to Pilots and which is currently known as the United Airlines Pilot Defined Benefit Pension Plan. 
 Plan. “Plan” means this defined contribution plan which is applicable to Pilots and which is currently known as the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan (2002 Restatement). 
 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means: (i) for Plan Years before 1988, the calendar year; (ii) for Plan Year 1988, the
period beginning on January 1, 1988 and ending on November 30, 1988; (iii) for Plan Years after 1988 and ending before December 1, 2001, the fiscal year beginning on December 1 and ending on the next following
November 30; (iv) for the 2001 Plan Year, the one-month period beginning December 1, 2001 and ending December 31, 2001; and (v) for Plan Years after 2001, the calendar year. 
 Prior Plan. “Prior Plan” means the variable benefit retirement plan known as the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots’
Variable Benefit Retirement Income Plan before such plan was amended and restated on the Effective Date as the Plan. 
 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. “Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity” means (a) a single life annuity in the case of a Participant who does not have a spouse and (b) in the case of a Participant who does
have a spouse, a reduced monthly annuity for the life of the Participant with, as of the first day of the month next following the Participant’s death, a survivor annuity for the life of his or her surviving Spouse (to whom he or she is married
on his or her Annuity Starting Date) that is equal to at least 50% of the monthly benefit amount payable during the life of the Participant. The exact percentage payable to the Spouse shall be elected by the Participant and shall equal 50% in the
absence of such an election. 
 Qualified Matching Contribution. “Qualified Matching Contribution” means
matching contributions (i.e., contributions made on behalf of a Participant on account of voluntary after-tax contributions or Elective Deferral Contributions) that are subject to the distribution and nonforfeitability requirements under Code
Section 401(k) when made. The references in this Plan to Qualified Matching Contributions shall create no obligation on the part of the Company to make such contributions. 
 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions. “Qualified Non-Elective Contributions” means contributions (other than matching
contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions) made by the Company and allocated to Participants’ Accounts that the Participants may not elect to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are nonforfeitable when made; and that
are distributable only in accordance with the distribution provisions that are applicable to Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions. Company contributions made pursuant to Section 4.1 are treated as Qualified Non-Elective
Contributions. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-6	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. “Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity” means an annuity providing payments for the life of the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, the actuarial equivalent of which is equal to 50% of the balances in the Participant’s Accounts at his or her death. 
 Restatement Date. The “Restatement Date” is January 1, 2002, or such earlier date specified herein or in Exhibit A.

 Rollover Contribution. A “Rollover Contribution” is an amount described in Code Section 402(c) or
408(d)(3) and shall include a direct rollover pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31). 
 Section 415 Wages. An
individual’s “Section 415 Wages” for any period is his or her or her “compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) for the period from the Company and any Affiliate, and shall include any elective
deferrals pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement, otherwise payable to the individual, and any other amounts that are not includible in an individual’s gross income by reason of Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4) or 457. The Committee
may, for any period, determine items of remuneration that, in accordance with Code Section 415(c)(3) will be included in Section 415 Wages for such period, provided such determination is uniform throughout any period. 
 Spouse. “Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom the Participant is legally married within the meaning of the Defense
of Marriage Act, P.L. 104-199, as amended and codified from time to time. 
 Surviving Spouse. A Participant’s
“Surviving Spouse” means the Spouse to whom the Participant was married on the date of his or her death and who is living at the date of the Participant’s death; provided, (a) for purposes of Section 7.5 if the
Participant’s death occurs prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date, the Participant must have been legally married to such person throughout the one-year period ending on the date of the Participant’s death; and (b) for purposes of
Section 7.6 the Participant must have been legally married to such person throughout the one-year period ending on the date of the Participant’s death. 
 Temporary Reclassifcation. “Temporary Reclassification” means a designation of a Pilot employee to an employee classification not covered by the Plan or a designation of an employee as a
Pilot, provided the change is designated by the Company as a temporary reclassification and is for a period of time which, when taken together with other such temporary reclassifications of such employee, if any, does not exceed either (i) a
total of five calendar months within any Plan Year or (ii) five consecutive calendar months. 
 Termination of
Employment. A Participant will have “Termination of Employment” only if he or she has completely severed his or her employment relationship with the Company and all Affiliates or he or she has become Disabled. Neither transfers of
employment among the Company and Affiliates nor absence from active service by reason of leave (other than in connection with a Participant becoming Disabled) will constitute a “Termination of Employment.” 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-7	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Testing Wages. An individual’s “Testing Wages” for any Plan Year is
his or her or her Section 415 Wages for the Plan Year, provided, however, in no event will a person’s Testing Wages for any Plan Year be taken into account to the extent it exceeds $200,000 (or such larger amount as may be permitted for
the calendar year during which such Plan Year begins under Code Section 401(a)(17)). 
 Trust. “Trust” or
“Trust Fund” means the trust created and maintained under the agreement known as the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan Trust between the Company and Frank Russell, as trustee. 
 Trustee. “Trustee” means the corporation which, from time to time, is the duly appointed and acting trustee of the Trust.

 Voluntary Contribution. “Voluntary Contribution” means an after-tax voluntary contribution made by a
Participant pursuant to Section 4.3. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	1-8	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 2 - PARTICIPATION 
 2.1 Eligibility for Participation. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, each Pilot who was a Participant in the Plan on
the Restatement Date will continue to be Participant hereunder on and after the Restatement Date. Each other employee of the Company will become a Participant in the Plan on the first day he or she is classified as a Pilot. 
 2.2 Leased Employees. A Leased Employee, and any employee of the Company who would be a Leased Employee if he or she were not a
common law employee of the Company, shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan. 
 2.3 Classification. The
classification of an employee for all purposes under the Plan is determined by the Company and does not include a Temporary Reclassification. The Company’s designation of an employee as a Pilot for purposes of eligibility to participate in the
Plan is a determination reserved solely to the Company, provided such determination is consistent with applicable Pilot collective bargaining agreements, and will not be modified by any subsequent classification or reclassification made by a
judicial or administrative determination. 
 2.4 Termination of Participation. A Participant will cease to be a
Participant as of the later of the date on which he or she ceases to be a Pilot eligible to participate under Section 2.1 or all benefits, if any, to which he or she is entitled under the Plan have been distributed. 
 2.5 Participation Not Contract of Employment. The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment and participation in the Plan
will not, of itself, give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	2-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 3 - FUNDING PART 
 3.1 Trust Fund. Benefits provided by the Plan will be funded by assets held under the Trust Fund. 
 3.2 Entities Acting Under the Funding Part. Any right, duty (including the duty to make payment of any Plan benefits) or obligation
reserved to or imposed upon any entity acting under the Funding Part is in no way preempted, increased or diminished by virtue or any provision of this Plan and shall remain the sole right, duty or obligation of that entity. 
 3.3 Limit of Company’s Obligation; No Guaranty of Benefits. All benefits payable under the Plan will be paid or provided for
solely from the assets held under the Funding Part and the Company will have no liability or responsibility other than to make contributions and to perform such other duties and meet such other obligations as are herein provided. Nothing contained
in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee by the Company, the Committee, the Association, the Pension Board or any entity acting under the Funding Part that the assets held under the Funding Part will be sufficient to pay any benefit to any person.

 3.4 No Reversion to Company. The Company will have no right, title, or interest in the Trust Fund created under the
Funding Part, nor will any part of the Trust Fund revert or be repaid to the Company directly or indirectly, unless a contribution is made by the Company by mistake of fact and such contribution is returned to the Company within one year after
payment to the Trustee. The amount of any contribution that may be returned to the Company pursuant to this Section must be reduced by any portion thereof previously distributed from the Trust Fund and by any losses of the Trust Fund allocable
thereto, and in no event may the return of such contribution cause any Participant’s Account balances to be less than the amount of such balances had the contribution not been made under the Plan. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	3-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 4 - PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS 
 4.1 Company Contributions. 
 (a) For each calendar month, the Company will contribute, to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the Funding Part, on behalf of each Participant, an amount equal in the
aggregate to eleven percent (11%) of the Earnings received by him. The amount of Company contributions made in accordance with this Section 4.1 will be credited to the Participant’s Regular Contribution Account in accordance with
Section 5.3. 
 (b) The Company contribution under Section 4.1(a) will be treated as a nonelective contribution within
the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(12)(C) for purposes of satisfying the design based safe harbor 401(k) plan requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12). 
 4.2 Participant Elective Deferral Contributions. 
 (a)
Elective Deferral Contributions Permitted. Subject to paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) below, Sections 4.5 and 10.1, and all other conditions and limitations of the Plan, a Participant may elect, at any time, to reduce his or her Earnings
for any future calendar month in an amount of not more than 50% (in multiples of one percent) of the Earnings paid to him or her during that month, and to have such amount contributed to the Plan on his or her behalf by the Company, in cash, as an
Elective Deferral Contribution. For purposes of this Section 4.2 only, a Participant’s Earnings will be determined without regard to the compensation limit of Code Section 401(a)(17). A Participant’s election to commence Elective
Deferral Contributions will become effective no later than the pay period beginning on the first day of a month if the Committee receives a complete and accurate election on or before the 15th day of the previous month, and will thereafter continue in effect until such election is changed or
revoked in accordance with this Section 4.2. A reference in this Plan to an election to make Elective Deferral Contributions means the Participant has elected to have his or her Earnings reduced in consideration of the Employer’s
obligation to contribute Elective Deferral Contributions in the same amount to the Plan on the Participant’s behalf. 
 (b)
Deferral Limit. In no event may a Participant’s Elective Deferral contribution exceed the Deferral Limit for any calendar year. 
 (c) Change, Discontinuance, and Resumption of Elective Deferrals. At any time, a Participant may elect to change the rate of his or her Elective Deferral Contributions made in accordance with
paragraph (a) above (but not retroactively) within the limits specified therein, to discontinue making such contributions, or to resume making such contributions. Any election under this paragraph will become effective no later than the pay
period beginning on the first day of a month if the Committee receives a complete and accurate election on or before the 15th day of the previous month. 
 (d) Committee Discretion to Reduce or Revoke Elective Deferral Contributions. The Committee may, at any time, decrease a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions by even multiples of one
percent or, at any time, revoke a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions upon a determination by it that unless such contributions are reduced or revoked, the additions to the Participant’s Account under the Plan will exceed the
Deferral Limit. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (e) Restriction in Event of Hardship Distribution. If, on or after September 17,
2001, a Participant receives a hardship distribution under Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B), then such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions will be suspended for six (6) months after the receipt of the hardship distribution.

 (f) Time of Deposit. The amount of Elective Deferral Contributions made in accordance with this Section 4.2 will
be deposited in cash in the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, in accordance with Section 5.3, as soon as administratively practicable, but not more than five Business Days, following the date of the Participant’s regular
paycheck in which such amounts would have been included but for the Participant’s election to defer them. 
 4.3
Participant Voluntary Contributions. 
 (a) Voluntary Contributions Permitted. Subject to
paragraphs (b) and (c) below and all other conditions and limitations of the Plan, a Participant may elect, at any time, to make voluntary after-tax contributions under the Plan for any future calendar month that he or she is a Participant
hereunder in an amount such that his or her Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 4.2 and his or her Voluntary Contributions (in multiples of one percent) do not in the aggregate exceed 50% of the Earnings paid to him or her during that
month. Unless the Participant otherwise specifies, any Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 4.2(a) and Voluntary Contributions under this paragraph will be deemed to be first treated as Elective Deferral Contributions up to the limits
specified in this Plan, with any remaining election being a Voluntary Contribution under this paragraph. Any election under this paragraph will be effective not later than the pay period beginning on the first day of a month if the Committee
receives a complete and accurate election on or before the 15th day of the preceding month. 
 (b) Change, Discontinuance, and Resumption of Voluntary
Contributions. At any time, a Participant may elect to change the rate of his or her Voluntary Contributions (but not retroactively) within the limits specified in paragraph (a), to discontinue making such contributions, or to resume making such
contributions. Any election under this paragraph will be effective not later than the pay period beginning on the first day of a month if the Committee receives a complete and accurate election on or before the 15th day of the preceding month. 
 (c) Restriction in Event of Hardship Distribution. If, on or after September 17, 2001, a Participant receives a hardship
distribution under Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B), then the Participant will be prohibited from making Voluntary Contributions for six (6) months after the receipt of the hardship distribution. 
 (d) Time of Deposit. The amount of a Participant’s Voluntary Contribution will be deposited in the Participant’s Voluntary
Contribution Account, in accordance with Section 5.3, as soon as administratively practicable, not more than five Business Days, following the date of the Participant’s regular paycheck in which such amounts would have been included but
for the Participant’s election to contribute them. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 4.4 Rollover Contributions. A Participant may elect to make a Rollover Contribution
to the Plan. 
 4.5 Actual Deferral Percentage Limitations. The following provisions of this Section 4.5 shall apply
only in the event the Committee is unable to rely on the contributions made under Section 4.1 and the safe harbor provisions of Code Section 401(k)(12) to satisfy the non-discrimination requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3).

 (a) ADP Test. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, the Plan must satisfy the requirements
of Code Section 401(k)(3). The Plan will satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(3) for a Plan Year if, for that Plan Year, the Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 410(b)(1) with respect to “eligible
Participants” and one of the following tests: 
 (i) The ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible
Participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible Participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, multiplied by 1.25; or 

(ii) The ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible Participants” who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan
Year does not exceed the ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible Participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year, multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible Participants” who are
Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year does not exceed the ADP for the Plan Year for “eligible Participants” who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year by more than two percentage points. 
 (b) Special Rules; Definitions 
 (i) For purposes of Section 4.5(a), an “eligible Participant” is any Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year in question or would be eligible
but for a suspension imposed under Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B)(3). 
 (ii) The ADP for any Participant who is a
Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year and who is eligible to have Elective Deferral contributions (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferral contributions for
purposes of the ADP test) allocated to his or her or her Accounts under two or more arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) that are maintained by the Company or an Affiliate will be determined as though such Elective Deferral
contributions (and, if applicable, such Qualified Non-elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or deferred
arrangements that have different plan years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year will be treated as a single arrangement. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (iii) For the purpose of performing the ADP test, Elective Deferral
Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions, and Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before the last day of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year to which such contributions relate. 
 (iv) The Committee will maintain records sufficient to demonstrate the satisfaction of the ADP test and the amount of
Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both used in such test. 
 (v) The
determination and treatment of the ADP amounts of any Participant will satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. 
 (vi) Excess Elective Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to Section 4.6 before April 15th of the taxable year
succeeding the taxable year to which they relate shall be counted for purposes of the ADP test, provided that Excess Elective Deferrals distributed to Non-Highly Compensated Employees will not be counted in the ADP test. 
 (c) Determination of Excess Contributions to be Recharacterized or Distributed. Effective for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1996, the amount of the Excess Contributions to be attributed to a Participant to be recharacterized under paragraph (d) or distributed pursuant to paragraph (e) will be determined by successively decreasing the amount of
Elective Deferrals for Highly Compensated Employees who, for the Plan Year, had the largest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals made on their behalf to the next lower dollar amount, and continuing this procedure until an amount equal to the Excess
Contributions has been removed from the Accounts of the Highly Compensated Employees. 
 (d)
Recharacterization. Excess Contributions attributed to a Participant for a Plan Year will automatically be recharacterized as an amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the Participant as a Voluntary Contribution to the
Plan. Recharacterization is deemed to have occurred on the date on which the last of those Highly Compensated Employees with Excess Contributions to be recharacterized is notified in accordance with treasury regulations. Recharacterized amounts will
remain nonforfeitable and subject to the same distribution requirements as Elective Deferrals. (In no event may an amount recharacterized pursuant to this paragraph as a Voluntary Contribution be withdrawn pursuant to Section 7.14(a)). Amounts
may not be recharacterized with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other Voluntary Contributions made by that Participant would exceed any stated limit on Voluntary Contributions under the
Plan. Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1/2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant’s earliest tax year in which he or she deferred any of such
recharacterized amounts into the Plan. Written notice of the recharacterized amounts will be sent to affected Participants. 
 (e) Distribution of Excess Contributions. In the event Excess Contributions cannot be recharacterized under (d) above, Excess Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
allocable thereto, attributed to a Participant under Paragraph (c) above will be distributed no later than the last day of the succeeding Plan Year to Participants who were Highly
Compensated Employees for such Plan Year. 
 (f) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Contributions will be adjusted
for any income or loss up to the date of the last day of the Plan Year preceding the date of distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess Contributions is the sum of (A) income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective
Deferral Account (and, if applicable, the Qualified Non-Elective Contribution account or the Qualified Matching Contribution account or both) for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is (A) such Participant’s
Excess Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is (B) the Participant’s beginning of the year account balance(s) attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions, or both, if any of such contributions are included in the ADP test) without regard to any income or loss occurring during such Plan Year, plus contributions made during the year. 
 (g) Accounting for Excess Contributions. Except to the extent recharacterized in accordance with paragraph (d) above, Excess
Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account (if applicable) in proportion to the Participant’s Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions (to
the extent used in the ADP test) for the Plan Year. Excess Contributions will be distributed from the Participant’s Qualified Non-Elective Contribution Account only to the extent that such Excess Contributions exceed the balance in the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account and Qualified Matching Contribution Account. 
 4.6 Distribution of Excess
Elective Deferrals and Income. 
 (a) Determining Excess Elective Deferrals. A Participant may assign to this Plan
any Excess Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the Participant by notifying the Committee on or before March 15 of the following year of the amount of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan. 
 (b) Determination of Income or Loss. Excess Elective Deferrals will be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
distribution. The income or loss allocable to Excess Elective Deferrals is the income or loss allocable to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account for the Participant’s taxable year, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
such Participant’s Excess Elective Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the Participant’s account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (including Elective Deferrals for that taxable year) without regard to any
income or loss occurring during such taxable year. 
 (c) Distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, will be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess
Elective Deferrals under this Plan for such taxable year. In addition, if the applicable limitation for the taxable year is exceeded with respect to this Plan alone or this Plan and any other plan(s) of the Company, the Committee shall direct the
Trustee

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-5	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
to distribute such Excess Elective Deferrals (with allocable gains and losses) to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the Company notifies the Committee or the Committee
otherwise discovers the error (but no later than April 15 following the close of the Participant’s taxable year). Excess Elective Deferrals distributed in accordance with paragraph (a) above shall not be treated as Annual Additions.

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	4-6	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 5 - ACCOUNTING 
 5.1 Participants’ Accounts. The Accounts described below will be established and maintained under the Plan by the Committee in
the name of each Participant, as applicable: 
 (a) Regular Contribution Account. The Committee will maintain a
“Regular Contribution Account” in the name of each Participant that will reflect: 
 (i) the Company
contribution made on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 4.1 for each calendar month ending after the Effective Date; 
 (ii) in the case of a Participant who was a Participant on the Effective Date, the value transferred to the Regular Contribution Account from the Prior Plan attributable to Company contributions made on
behalf of the Participant to the Prior Plan; and 
 (iii) in the case of a Participant who was a Participant on
the Effective Date, the value transferred from the “regular contribution account” from the Prior Plan attributable to mandatory contributions made by the Participant to the Prior Plan. 
 (b) Elective Deferral Account. The Committee will maintain an “Elective Deferral Account” in the name of each Participant,
as applicable, that will reflect the Elective Deferral Contributions deposited by the Company on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 4.2. There will also be credited to a sub-account within such Account any Qualified Matching Contributions.

 (c) Voluntary Contribution Account. The Committee will maintain a “Voluntary Contribution Account” in the
name of each Participant, as applicable, that will reflect (i) the Participant’s Voluntary Contributions made for each calendar month ending after the Effective Date; and (ii) in the case of a Participant who was a Participant on the
Effective Date, the value transferred to the Voluntary Contribution Account from the Prior Plan attributable to the Participant’s voluntary contributions made to the Prior Plan. 
 (d) Rollover Contribution Account. The Committee will maintain a “Rollover Contribution Account” in the name of each
Participant who makes a Rollover Contribution pursuant to Section 4.4 that will reflect the amount of the Participant’s Rollover Contribution. In addition, any trust-to-trust transfer accepted under Section 4.4 will be accounted for
as a Rollover Contribution hereunder. 
 (e) QDRO Account. The Committee will maintain a “QDRO Account” in the
name of each of a Participant’s alternate payee(s) on whose behalf such an account must be maintained pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, as permitted under Section 7.9. A QDRO Account initially will reflect the amount
transferred thereto from the Participant’s other Accounts, which will be deemed to come first from a Participant’s pre-tax contributions and earnings thereon and next from his or her after-tax contributions and earnings thereon. The
alternate payee in whose name a QDRO Account is established will be considered a Participant for all purposes of the Plan with respect to the assets in the QDRO Account, unless the Plan specifies otherwise or the context indicates otherwise.

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	5-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Each Account maintained in the name of a Participant (or an alternate payee) will be valued
in accordance with Section 5.2 and will be subdivided into sub-accounts to reflect the Participant’s (or alternate payee’s) interest, if any, in each of the respective Investment Funds described in Section 6 and to separately
account for mandatory contributions and earnings thereon held under the Regular Contribution Account. The Committee may also maintain such other accounts in the names of Participants or otherwise as it may consider advisable. Unless the context
indicates otherwise, reference to a Participant’s “Accounts” means all Accounts maintained under the Plan, in the Participant’s name, and reference to a Participant’s “Accounts” in a particular Investment Fund
means all sub-accounts maintained in his or her name under that Investment Fund. 
 5.2 Valuation and Adjustment of
Accounts. Accounts shall be valued at the close of each Business Day. The value of each Account shall equal the sum of the values of the shares held by the Account in each Investment Fund. The value of the shares in each Investment Fund is the
Investment Fund’s price per share multiplied by the number of shares held. The Investment Fund’s price per share is the total net assets of the Investment Fund divided by the number of shares outstanding in such Investment Fund. The total
net assets of an Investment Fund is the sum of the market value of portfolio holdings, cash, interest receivable, dividends receivable, receivable for securities sold, receivable for contributions, and receivable for transfers-in, less the payable
for securities purchased, payable for benefit payments, payable for transfers-out, and payable for Trustee’s fee. 
 5.3
Crediting of Contribution. 
 (a) Company contributions will be credited to a Participant’s Regular Contribution
Account as of the last Business Day of the month for which such contributions are required to be made pursuant to Section 4.1. 
 (b) A Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions will be credited to the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of the date of deposit, but not more than five Business Days following the date of the Participant’s
regular paycheck in which such amounts would have been included but for the Participant’s election to defer them pursuant to Section 4.2. 
 (c) A Participant’s Voluntary Contributions will be credited to a Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account as of the date of deposit, but not more than five Business Days following the date
of the Participant’s regular paycheck in which such amounts would have been included but for the Participant’s election to contribute them pursuant to Section 4.3. 
 (d) A Rollover Contribution will be credited to a Participant’s Rollover Contribution Account as of the date such Rollover Contribution
is received by the Trustee. 
 (e) An amount will be credited to a QDRO Account as of the date such amount is transferred from
the Participant’s Accounts. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	5-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 5.4 Charging Payments and Distributions. 
 (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.4, if a partial payment or distribution is made to or on behalf of a
Participant or his or her Beneficiary, it will be charged to the proper Accounts of the Participant when made, by charging the Accounts in the following order: his or her Voluntary Contribution sub-accounts, on a prorata basis among the Money Market
Fund, Short Term Bond Fund, Diversified Bond Fund, Value Equity Fund, Growth Equity Fund, Small Cap Equity Fund, S & P 500 Index Fund, International Equity Fund, 20%/80% Global Balanced Fund, 40%/60% Global Balanced Fund, 60%/40% Global Balanced
Fund, 80%/20% Global Balanced Fund, and 100% Global Equity Fund, following which there will be charged, successively, the UAL Stock Fund until the UAL Stock Fund is depleted and finally from the Individual Brokerage Account Option. Following
depletion of the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution sub-accounts, any remaining partial payment or withdrawal will be charged to his or her Rollover Contribution subaccounts, next his or her Regular Contribution sub-accounts, and finally his
or her Elective Deferral sub-accounts in the same order. If a partial payment or distribution is made to or on behalf of an alternate payee, it will be charged to the QDRO Account when made by charging the alternate payee’s sub-accounts in the
same order as set forth in the preceding provisions of this Section 5.4. 
 (b) A Participant may elect to make an in-kind
transfer, of all of the assets in the Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account Option, to an “individual retirement account” (IRA) sponsored by the same organization acting as broker of the Plan’s Individual Brokerage Account
Option. Such in-kind transfer will be made by charging the Participant’s sub-accounts in the amounts such sub-accounts were invested in the Individual Brokerage Account Option. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	5-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 6 - INVESTMENT OF PARTICIPANTS’
ACCOUNTS 
 6.1 Investment Funds. The Fund will be divided into separate Investment Funds, and a
Participant’s Accounts will be invested in one or more of the Investment Funds, in accordance with the Participant’s election as provided in Section 6.2. The Investment Funds shall consist of the following: 
 (a) Fixed Income Funds. 
 (i) Money Market Fund. Assets in the Money Market Fund shall be invested and reinvested primarily in commercial paper, bankers acceptances, variable rate notes, floating rate instruments, U.S.
Treasury bills, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, and in any other similar fixed income obligation or agreement, the maturities of which shall generally be short-term in nature. The objective of the Money Market Fund is to provide a
rate of return consistent with a high degree of liquidity and preservation of principal. 
 (ii) Short Term
Bond. Assets of the Short Term Bond Fund shall be invested primarily in U.S. Government-backed securities, to include Treasury bills, Treasury bonds, and obligations issued by agencies of the Federal Government, the maturities of which will not
exceed five years or an average of three years. The objective of the Short Term Bond Fund is to provide a rate of return consistent with a high degree of liquidity. 
 (iii) Diversified Bond Fund. Assets of the Diversified Bond Fund shall be invested and reinvested primarily in bonds,
notes, debentures, mortgages, commercial paper, bankers acceptances, variable rate notes, floating rate instruments, U.S. Treasury bills, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, and in any other similar fixed income obligations with no
restriction as to maturity. The objective of the Diversified Bond Fund is to provide a rate of return comparable to the overall bond market. 
 (b) Equity Funds. 
 (i) Value Equity Fund. Assets of
the Value Equity Fund will be invested and reinvested primarily in stock issued as common or capital stock; bonds, debentures, or preferred stock that are convertible into common or capital stock; or any other form of equity investment; provided,
however, that up to 10% of the assets of the Fund may be invested in futures contracts or options on future contracts. The objective of the Value Equity Fund is to provide return through a combination of income and capital appreciation. 

(ii) Growth Equity Fund. Assets of the Growth Equity Fund will be invested and reinvested in stock issued as common
or capital stock; bonds, debentures, or preferred stock that are convertible into common or capital stock; or in any other form of equity investment; provided, however, that up to 10% of the assets of the Fund may be invested in futures contracts or
options on futures contracts. The objective of the Growth Equity Fund is to provide return through capital appreciation and income, with an emphasis on growth-oriented investments. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (iii) Small Cap Equity Fund. Assets of the Small Cap Equity Fund will
be invested and reinvested in stock issued as common or capital stock; bonds, debentures, or preferred stock that are convertible into common or capital stock; or in any other form of equity investment; provided, however, that up to 10% of the
assets of the Fund may be invested in futures contracts or options on futures contracts. The objective of the Small Cap Equity Fund is to provide return primarily through capital investments that emphasize appreciation in smaller capitalization
companies with emerging growth prospects. 
 (iv) International Equity Fund. Assets of the International
Equity Fund will be invested and reinvested primarily in stock: issued as common or capital stock; bonds, debentures, or preferred stock that are convertible into common or capital stock; any other form of equity or debt investment; bonds, notes,
debentures, mortgages, preferred stock, commercial paper, bankers acceptances, variable rate notes, floating rate instruments, certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements, or other similar fixed income obligations, many of which are issued by
corporations or other enterprises incorporated under or doing business under the laws of foreign jurisdictions, by foreign governments or agencies, or by international organizations; provided, however, that up to 10% of the assets of the Fund may be
invested in futures contracts or options on futures contracts. The objective of the International Equity Fund is to provide return and diversification through foreign investments. 
 (v) S & P 500 Index Fund. Assets of the S & P 500 Index Fund will be invested and reinvested primarily in
stock issues included in the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index or in collective investment funds comprised primarily of these stock issues; provided, however, that up to 10% of the assets of the S & P 500 Index Fund may be invested in S
& P futures contracts and options on S & P futures contracts. The objective of the S & P 500 Index Fund is to be fully diversified, and it is designed to closely match the performance of the S & P 500 Index. 
 (vi) UAL Stock Fund. Assets of the UAL Stock Fund will be invested and reinvested in UAL Corporation common stock
(“UAL Stock”) or in short-term, fixed return investments in sufficient amount to pay expenses (such as brokerage expenses involved in the purchase or sale of UAL Stock) and to maintain reasonable liquidity in the Fund as UAL Stock is
bought and sold. The objective of the UAL Stock Fund is to keep the bulk of the Fund’s assets invested in UAL Stock. Investments in the UAL Stock Fund are subject to the following: 
 (A) All UAL Stock will be purchased or sold on the New York Stock Exchange or other securities exchanges. 
 (B) Participants in the UAL Stock Fund will be credited with units in the Fund representing a combination of shares,
fractional shares, and other assets in the Fund, rather than being credited directly with a specified number of shares of UAL Stock. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (C) Dividends, if any, on UAL Stock in the UAL Stock Fund will be credited
to the Fund and will be used to purchase additional shares of UAL Stock or will be invested temporarily in short-term, fixed return investments. 
 (D) Participants in the UAL Stock Fund will be entitled to direct the Plan’s Trustee with respect to the voting of full and fractional shares of UAL Stock represented by the units credited to their
accounts. The Trustee will solicit such votes. Full and fractional shares of UAL Stock for which no direction is received by the Trustee in a timely fashion will be voted in proportion to the votes of the shares for which direction was received,
unless the Trustee in its sole discretion elects to vote such undirected shares in another way in accordance with its ERISA duties. 
 (E) Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Recapitalization, dated as of March 25, 1994, as in effect from time to time, among UAL Corporation and Air Line Pilots Association,
International and International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers (the “Recapitalization Agreement”) UAL Corporation will be recapitalized on or about July 12, 1994. This will result in the issuance of new UAL
Corporation common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to be traded on the New York Stock Exchange, that will be exchanged for existing UAL Stock at the rate of one-half new share for each old share. Upon the issuance of such new shares, they will
thereafter be the “UAL Stock” covered by the Plan, and purchases and sales of such new shares may be made subject to the terms of the Plan and the limitations of Section 6.9. 
 (F) The recapitalization provided for in the Recapitalization Agreement will also result in the issuance by UAL Corporation
of other debt and equity securities and cash in exchange for old UAL Stock (through the issuance and redemption of Series D Redeemable Preferred Stock). Those other securities are depository shares representing Series B Preferred Stock issued by UAL
Corporation, Series A Debentures due 2004 issued by the Company, and Series B Debentures due 2014 issued by the Company (the “Other Securities”). Some or all of the Other Securities may be converted into cash by underwriters as provided in
the Recapitalization Agreement. To the extent Plan Participants participating in the UAL Stock Fund receive cash in connection with the recapitalization, whether directly or through the sale of some or all of the Other Securities, that cash, when
received by the Trustee, will be invested in the Blended Income Fund. To the extent that any of the other Securities are received by the Trustee in kind, rather than being sold for cash, each of such Other Securities will be invested in separate
Investment Funds (one per type of security), which will be created under Section 6.1. Once an Investment Fund is created for any Other Security, purchases and sales of such security may occur pursuant to Participant direction under the terms of
the Plan and subject to the limitations of Section 6.9. Any interest, dividends, or other earnings payable in connection with any Other Security will be reinvested in the Investment Fund holding such security. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (c) Balanced Funds. The purpose of a Balanced Fund is to provide a vehicle in which a
Participant may direct investment of his or her Accounts in a diversified manner without switching. Balanced Funds consist of units in existing Investment Funds under the Plan. The targeted percentages of allocation among the existing Investment
Funds are determined jointly by the Committee and the Association, after seeking recommendations from the Trustee. The Trustee will effect such sales and purchases among the Investment Funds to cause the Balanced Fund’s actual percentages of
allocation among the Investment Funds to reflect the targeted percentages (A) on any Business Day when the allocation to any one Investment Fund deviates from the targeted allocation by 5% or more, and (B) on the first Business Day of
every month. 
 (i) 100% Global Equity Fund. In the 100% Global Equity Fund, the targeted percentages of
allocation of the assets among the Investment Funds are as follows: 
  

				
	 Growth Equity Fund
	  	20	% 
	 Value Equity Fund
	  	20	% 
	 S&P 500 Index Fund
	  	15	% 
	 Small Cap Equity Fund
	  	20	% 
	 International Equity Fund
	  	25	% 

 (ii) 80%/20% Global Balanced Fund. In the 80%/20% Global Balanced Fund, the targeted percentages of allocation of the assets among the Investment Funds are as follows: 
  

				
	 Growth Equity Fund
	  	15	% 
	 Value Equity Fund
	  	15	% 
	 S&P 500 Index Fund
	  	15	% 
	 Small Cap Equity Fund
	  	15	% 
	 International Equity Fund
	  	20	% 
	 Diversified Bond Fund
	  	20	% 

 (iii) 60%/40% Global Balanced Fund. In the 60%/40% Global Balanced Fund, the targeted percentages of allocation of the assets among the Investment Funds are as follows: 
  

				
	 Growth Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 Value Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 S&P 500 Index Fund
	  	15	% 
	 Small Cap Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 International Equity Fund
	  	15	% 
	 Diversified Bond Fund
	  	25	% 
	 Short Term Bond Fund
	  	15	% 

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (iv) 40%/60% Global Balanced Fund. In the 40%/60% Global Balanced
Fund, the targeted percentages of allocation of the assets among the Investment Funds are as follows: 
  

				
	 Growth Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 Value Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 S&P 500 Index Fund
	  	5	% 
	 Small Cap Equity Fund
	  	5	% 
	 International Equity Fund
	  	10	% 
	 Diversified Bond Fund
	  	30	% 
	 Short Term Bond Fund
	  	20	% 
	 Money Market Fund
	  	10	% 

 (v) 20%/80% Global Balanced Fund. In the 20%/80% Global Balanced Fund, the targeted percentages of allocation of the assets among the Investment Funds are as follows: 
  

				
	 Growth Equity Fund
	  	5	% 
	 Value Equity Fund
	  	5	% 
	 S&P 500 Index Fund
	  	5	% 
	 International Equity Fund
	  	5	% 
	 Diversified Bond Fund
	  	30	% 
	 Short Term Bond Fund
	  	35	% 
	 Money Market Fund
	  	15	% 

 (d)
Individual Brokerage Account Option. Assets of the Individual Brokerage Account are invested pursuant to the Participant’s directions, as provided in Section 6.3, in one or more securities made available through the broker selected
by PAWPAC with the written consent of the Association, and in accordance with such rules and procedures as PAWPAC, with the written consent of the Association, may from time to time provide. 
 (e) Additional Investment Funds. One or more additional Investment Funds may be established on the direction of the Company, with the
written consent of the Association. Investment in such additional Investment Fund or Funds may be made in accordance with rules established by the Committee, provided that if less than 10 percent of the Participants elect to invest a portion of
their Accounts in such Investment Fund or Funds, such Investment Fund or Funds may be closed. 
 6.2 Investment of
Accounts. Each Participant will direct the investment of his or her Accounts pursuant to this Section and in accordance with the procedures in Section 6.3, which directions will be effective as of the date provided in Section 6.4;
provided, however, that a Participant’s investment directions to transfer assets to the UAL Stock Fund will be governed by Sections 6.3 and 6.8. 
 (a) Investment of Current Company Contributions, Current Elective Deferral Contributions, Current Voluntary Contributions, and Rollover Contributions. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-5	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (i) Each Participant with respect to whom the Company is making current
Company contributions to his or her Regular Contribution Account, or who is making Elective Deferral Contributions to his or her Elective Deferral Account, or who is making current Voluntary Contributions to his or her Voluntary Contribution
Account, or who is making a Rollover Contribution to his or her Rollover Account, may direct the investment of such current contribution(s) among the Investment Funds set forth in Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment of
current Company contributions, current Voluntary Contributions, and a current Rollover Contribution in the Individual Brokerage Account Option is prohibited. 
 (ii) A Participant must direct the apportionment of current Company contributions, current Elective Deferral Contributions,
current Voluntary Contributions, or a Rollover Contribution among the Investment Funds in increments of 1% of any such contribution. Directions with respect to apportionment of contributions may vary among the Participant’s Accounts under the
Plan. 
 (iii) Any Participant who fails to direct the investment of current Company contributions, current
Elective Deferral Contributions, current Voluntary Contributions, a Rollover Contribution, or any other contribution will be deemed to have directed investment of 100% of any such contribution in the Money Market Fund. 
 (iv) On any Business Day, a Participant may direct a change in the manner in which current Company contributions to his or
her Regular Contribution Account, current Elective Deferral Contributions to his or her Elective Deferral Account, and current Voluntary Contributions to his or her Voluntary Contribution Account are apportioned among the Investment Funds.
Apportionment of either the current Company contributions, current Elective Deferral Contributions, or current Voluntary Contributions must be in increments of 1% of such contributions. 
 (b) Transfer Among Investment Funds of Balances in Participants’ Accounts. 
 (i) On any Business Day, a Participant may direct a change in the apportionment among the Investment Funds of the balances in
any one or more of his or her Accounts. Such a change will necessitate the transfer of assets out of one or more Investment Fund(s) and into one or more different Investment Fund(s). 
 (ii) A Participant may direct such reapportionment or transfer in any share, dollar, or percentage increments with respect to
any one Account. Directions with respect to the reapportionment of Account balances may vary among the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing: 
 (A) A transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account Option may be made only from a Participant’s Account invested in the
Money Market Fund. 
 (B) A transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account Option may be made only if, immediately
after the transfer, at least $10,000 of the Participant’s

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-6	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
Account remains invested in the following Investment Funds: Money Market Fund, Short Term Bond Fund, Diversified Bond Fund, Value Equity Fund, Growth Equity Fund, Small Cap Equity Fund,
International Equity Fund, UAL Stock Fund, S&P 500 Index Fund, 20%/80% Global Balanced Fund, 40%/60% Global Balanced Fund, 60%/40% Global Balanced Fund, 80%/20% Global Balanced Fund and 100% Global Equity Fund. In the event a Participant fails
to maintain the required minimum $10,000 investment in such core Investment Funds, the Trustee will notify the Participant and request the Participant to take action to restore the minimum $10,000 investment. In the event the Participant fails to
restore the minimum $10,000 investment thereafter, the Trustee will effect transfers from the Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account as required to restore the minimum $10,000 investment, pay the required administrative fee, and pay the
associated transfer fees. The Trustee will effect such transfers in the order determined by the Committee with the written consent of the Association. 
 (C) A transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account Option may be made from assets in any one or more of the Participant’s Regular Contribution Account, Voluntary Contribution Account and Rollover
Account, and only after the transfer of all assets from the Regular Contribution Account, Voluntary Contribution Account and Rollover Account, a transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account may be made from assets in the Participant’s Elective
Deferral Account. 
 (iii) A transaction fee shall be imposed with respect to each transaction to transfer assets
out of an Investment Fund, whether such assets are to be transferred to another Investment Fund(s) or are to be distributed to or on behalf of a Participant or Beneficiary; provided, however, that no fee shall be imposed on transfers out of the
Money Market Fund. Transaction fees imposed hereunder shall be due and paid to the Investment Fund from which the transfer of assets is made, and the amount of assets transferred out of any Investment Fund shall be reduced by the amount of the
transaction fee imposed hereunder. An additional fee will be imposed on investments in, and may be imposed on transfers within, the Individual Brokerage Account Option. An additional administrative fee, initially set at $200, will be charged by and
paid to the Trustee to effect transfers necessary to restore the minimum $10,000 investment pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(ii). The Company and the Association shall mutually agree in writing upon the amount of any fees imposed hereunder and any
modification(s) to such fees. The amount of any fees imposed hereunder, and modifications to such fees, shall be communicated to the Participants before the effective date of such imposition or modification. 
 (iv) A Participant’s direction to transfer any of his or her Account assets to the Individual Brokerage Account Option
will constitute his or her agreement to release all parties involved in providing the Individual Brokerage Account Option to the Participant from, and indemnify such parties for, any liability or costs they may incur as a result of that investment
decision. Before a transfer of the Participant’s Account assets is first made to the Individual Brokerage Account Option, and from time to time thereafter as may be required by the Committee, the Participant will execute an agreement and

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-7	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
acknowledgment in such form as may be specified from time to time by the Committee with the written consent of the Association, that evidences such release and indemnity and acknowledges that he,
and not the parties involved in providing such Option, are responsible for such investment. 
 6.3 Procedures for Giving
Investment Directions. A Participant’s investment directions shall be governed by the procedural rules in this Section. 
 (a) A Participant’s investment directions shall be given to the “recordkeeper.” The “recordkeeper” is the corporation designated from time to time as such by the Trustee. To give directions by telephone, a
Participant must identify himself or herself on the telephone using both his or her Personal Identification Number (“PIN”) and his or her Company File Number. 
 (b) A Participant may cancel directions on the same day that such directions become effective under Section 6.4(a)(i), provided he or she gives directions for cancellation before the close of the
applicable primary market or exchange that day. 
 (c) A Participant may, at his or her option, permit his or her Spouse to give
investment directions in accordance with procedures made available by the recordkeeper. Any directions given by a Participant’s Spouse in accordance with this paragraph (c) shall be considered, for all purposes, to be directions given by
the Participant. 
 (d) A Participant may, at his or her option, permit any other person to give investment directions on the
Participant’s behalf by using the Participant’s PIN. Neither the Company, the Committee, the Trustee, an investment manager, the recordkeeper nor any other non-Participant fiduciary shall be responsible or liable for any investment
directions given by any person or for any investment results therefrom, and the Participant shall indemnify such parties for any liability or costs that they may incur as a result of the Participant, or any other person using his or her PIN, giving
any investment directions. Any investment directions given by a person other than the Participant, by using the Participant’s PIN, will be considered, for all purposes, to be directions given by the Participant. Any separate PINs issued prior
to March 1, 1998, to a Spouse of a Participant pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (c) above may, unless the Participant otherwise directs, continue to be used by such Spouse, but no separate PINs shall be issued to a Spouse after that
date. 
 6.4 Effective Date of Investment Directions; Confirmation of Transaction. 
 (a) (i) Subject to subparagraph (a)(ii) below: 
 (A) A Participant’s investment directions given pursuant to Section 6.3 shall be effective as of the close of the applicable primary market or exchange on the day on which the directions are
received by the recordkeeper, and will be executed based on prices at the close of that stock exchange that day, provided directions are received before the close of that primary market or exchange. 
 (B) A Participant’s investment directions received by the recordkeeper after the close of the applicable primary market
or exchange will be executed based on prices at the close of that primary market or exchange on the following trading day. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-8	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (ii) If the settlement rule set forth in Sections 6.7(b) and 6.7(c) is in
effect, transaction(s) to withdraw from an Investment Fund shall be processed at the value per share in effect at the close of the applicable stock exchange on the trading day provided in subparagraph (a)(i) above, but the transaction(s) to reinvest
the proceeds of the withdrawal into another Investment Fund(s) shall be effective as of the close of the applicable stock exchange on the trading day on which the proceeds are available from the settlement(s) of such withdrawal transaction(s), and
shall be processed at the value per share in effect at the close of the applicable stock exchange on the trading day the withdrawal transactions(s) actually settle, or such earlier trading day as funds are available to settle all withdrawal
transaction(s) then pending in that Investment Fund. 
 (b) A written confirmation of the transaction will be sent to the
Participant, at his or her home address, and if the Participant so elects, at one other address as on file with the recordkeeper, within three Business Days from the date the directions were given by the Participant. 
 (c) If a dispute arises concerning investment directions given, claims must be made to the Committee, in care of the Company’s Pension
Department (WHQTE), within 30 days from the date the confirmation is received, or if no confirmation is received, within 30 days from the date the Participant receives the statement for the month in which the transaction occurred or should have
occurred. 
 (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment directions given with respect to the Individual Brokerage Account
Option will be subject to such separate or additional effective date, confirmation, and dispute resolution procedures as the Committee, with the consent of the Association, may from time to time provide. 
 6.5 Investment of Accounts on Death of Participant. Upon notice to the Company of the death of a Participant or the death of a
Surviving Spouse maintaining Accounts under the Plan, the Company shall notify the Trustee, and shall direct that the balances in the deceased individual’s Accounts that are not already invested in the Money Market Fund be transferred, in full,
to the Money Market Fund, where they shall remain until distributed in accordance with the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant’s Beneficiary is his or her Surviving Spouse and such Surviving Spouse elects to maintain Accounts
under the Plan following the Participant’s death, then no automatic transfer will be made to the Money Market Fund and the Surviving Spouse’s Accounts will be subject to investment direction by the Surviving Spouse in accordance with
Section 6. Accounts automatically transferred to the Money Market Fund pursuant to this Section 6.5 will remain in the Money Market Fund until distributed in accordance with the Plan. The date of transfer to the Money Market Fund shall be
the day following notification to the Trustee, and the Accounts shall be valued as of the close of business (a) of the day of notification to the Trustee of the death of the Participant, or (b) of the fifth Business Day following the date
of official notification to the Company of the death of the Participant, whichever occurs first. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-9	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 6.6 Investment of QDRO Accounts. Upon establishment of a QDRO Account, the Committee
shall direct the Trustee to invest all assets of the QDRO Account in the Money Market Fund. Thereafter, assets of the QDRO Account will be invested, in accordance with Section 6, as directed by the alternate payee in whose name the QDRO Account
has been established. 
 6.7 Satisfaction of Liquidity Needs of Investment Fund(s). 
 (a) Borrowing from Money Market Fund. If the transactions requested by Participants with respect to any one of the Investment Funds
result in a short term liquidity deficiency for that Investment Fund because of delays in settlement of securities transactions, the Trustee shall cause that Investment Fund to borrow the needed assets from the Money Market Fund. Upon settlement of
the transactions, the borrowing Investment Fund shall repay the amount of assets borrowed, together with the interest that would have accrued on such assets had they remained in the Money Market Fund. Borrowing from the Money Market Fund shall be
suspended, and following a suspension shall be resumed, at such time(s) as the Trustee determines is prudent. 
 (b)
Settlement Rule. If borrowing from the Money Market Fund pursuant to Section 6.7(a) is suspended, assets withdrawn from a Fund pursuant to a Participant’s transfer request shall not be reinvested in the Investment Fund(s) requested
by the Participant until the settlement of the withdrawal actually occurs, or at such earlier date as the Trustee determines is prudent. 
 (c) Significant Business or Market Distress. In the event of significant business or market distress affecting one or all of the Investment Funds, the Company, the Committee, or the Trustee may, as
any of them deems prudent, temporarily impose the Settlement Rule set forth in Section 6.7(b) above and/or temporarily suspend transfers by Participants between and among the Investment Funds. 
 (d) Liability for Loss. To the extent not prohibited by ERISA, neither the Company, the Committee, the Association, the Trustee, nor
any other person shall be liable for any loss that may result from actions taken, or failures to act, pursuant to this Section 6.7. 
 6.8 Investment in UAL Stock Fund. 
 (a) A Participant may direct investment
in the UAL Stock Fund only by transferring a specified dollar amount from the Money Market Fund. 
 (b) The Participant is
responsible for assuring that adequate assets are available in his or her Money Market Fund investment. A Participant’s transfer of funds to the Money Market Fund will be governed by Sections 6.2, 6.3, and 6.4, including the imposition of a
transfer fee. 
 (c) If the dollar amount the Participant specifies to be invested in the UAL Stock Fund is less than the actual
value of the Participant’s Money Market Fund investment, then the request will not be processed. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-10	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (d) An investment in the UAL Stock Fund may be made only by transferring assets from the
Participant’s Regular Contribution Account and Rollover Contribution Account that are invested in the Money Market Fund. Incoming contributions may not be allocated to the UAL Stock Fund. 
 (e) Participants’ directions to transfer assets (from the Money Market Fund) into the UAL Stock Fund will be acted upon daily. There
will be a five-day settlement period for all purchases into the UAL Stock Fund. Only after the settlement of a purchase may a Participant transfer out of the UAL Stock Fund. 
 (f) A Participant’s directions to transfer assets out of the UAL Stock Fund may be given daily. Proceeds from the sales of a
Participant’s interest in the UAL Stock Fund, less all transaction costs, will be transferred directly to the Money Market Fund, effective on, and at the value received in, the settlement of such sales (normally occurring five days after the
sale). Such sales may occur over more than one day. Only after the settlement of a sale may a Participant transfer the proceeds of the sale from the Money Market Fund to another fund. 
 (g) The recordkeeper will provide a written confirmation of the Participant’s directions to transfer into or out of the UAL Stock Fund
in the same manner as provided in Section 6.4(b). 
 (h) Purchases and holdings of UAL Stock under this Plan and under any
other retirement or stock purchase plans sponsored by the Company or UAL Corporation for the accounts of all Pilots as a group in all of such plans may not, at any time after January 12, 1995, exceed 10% of all UAL Stock that is then issued and
outstanding. If the aggregate of all Participant directions under this Plan for one month would cause this limit to be exceeded, each such Participant’s transfer from the Money Market Fund into the UAL Stock Fund will be reduced on a
proportionate basis so as not to exceed the limit. The amount not available for transfer because of the limit will be transferred to the UAL Stock Fund in a later month when first permitted by the limit, unless the Participant directs otherwise.

 (i) The Company reserves the right to suspend transfers into the UAL Stock Fund at any time in its sole discretion.

 6.9 Limitations on Investments in Company Securities. 
 (a) General Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to be contrary, the maximum amount of Company Common Stock or any
other Class of Company Securities that may be acquired by this Plan will be limited as set forth below. 
 (b)
Definitions. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined by this Plan will have the following meanings: 
 (i)
“Company Common Stock” means UAL Stock, par value $0.01 per share. 
 (ii) “Company Plans”
means this Plan, any other current or future tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or UAL Corporation

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-11	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
(excluding the ESOP and the Supplemental ESOP), and any stock purchase plan maintained by the Company or UAL Corporation, together with any trusts or other funding vehicles associated with such
plans. A participant in the Company Plans means any person with any account balance in any Company Plan. 
 (iii)
“Effective Time” has the meaning given in the Recapitalization Agreement. 
 (iv) “Employee
Group” means each of the following groups of employees of the Company, UAL Corporation, or their subsidiaries, together with associated former employees, Beneficiaries, and alternate payees: 
 (A) the ALPA Employee Group, which means employees represented by the Association; 
 (B) the IAM Employee Group, which means employees represented by the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace
Workers (“IAM”); 
 (C) the AFA Employee Group, which means employees represented by the Association of
Flight Attendants (“AFA”); and 
 (D) the Management and Salaried Employee Group, which means employees
classified by the Company as Management Employees, Salaried Employees, or Meteorologist Employees and other employees who perform the functions performed by salaried and managerial employees of the Company and UAL Corporation (including any
functions that such employees will perform in the future). 
 (v) “ESOP” means the UAL Corporation
Employee Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time, together with its related trust(s). 
 (vi)
“ESOP Preferred Stocks” means the following stocks issued by UAL Corporation: the Class 1 ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, the Class 2 ESOP Convertible Preferred Stock, the Class P ESOP Voting Junior Preferred Stock, the Class M ESOP
Voting Junior Preferred Stock, and the Class S ESOP Voting Junior Preferred Stock. 
 (vii)
“Recapitalization Agreement” is defined in subparagraph 6.1(b)(vi)(E). 
 (viii) “Restated
Certificate” means the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of UAL Corporation. 
 (ix) “Supplemental
ESOP” means the UAL Corporation Supplemental ESOP and the related trust(s). 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-12	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (c) Limitations on Investment in Company Common Stock. 
 (i) As of any day during the six-month period beginning on the Effective Time, Participants hereunder and any other members
of the ALPA Employee Group may not acquire, in the aggregate, under this Plan and/or under any other Company Plans, more than 2% of the outstanding Company Common Stock held by persons other than the ESOP and the Supplemental ESOP (in addition to
any Company Common Stock received by members of the ALPA Employee Group in the Reclassification, as defined in the Recapitalization Agreement). Purchases and sales of Company Common Stock will be netted at the end of each day to determine if the 2%
limit is reached. 
 (ii) During the six-month period beginning on the date after the period described in
subparagraph (i) above and ending on the last day of the “Measuring Period,” as defined in Section 1.10(i) of the Recapitalization Agreement, Participants may not acquire any Company Common Stock under this Plan and/or under any
other Company Plans. 
 (iii) At any time on or after the Effective Time, the participants in the Company Plans
may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than the lesser of (A) 30% of the shares of outstanding Company Common Stock held by persons other than the ESOP and the Supplemental ESOP, or
(B) 20% of the aggregate number of shares of outstanding Company Common Stock, including the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the ESOP Preferred Stocks outstanding or issuable (including Available Unissued
ESOP Shares, as defined in Article FIFTH, Section 1.5 of the Restated Certificate). 
 (iv) Participants
hereunder, together with any other members of the ALPA Employee Group, (A) may not hold or acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than 10% of the outstanding Company Common Stock at any time on or
after the Effective Time, and (B) may not acquire, in the aggregate, through this Plan and/or any other Company Plans, more than 2% of the outstanding Company Common Stock during any monthly subscription period. 
 (d) For the purposes of this Section 6.9, “acquire” means any net increase in the holding of the applicable securities,
whether attributable to employee contributions, employer contributions, rollover contributions, investment transfers, or any other means. 
 (e) The Company will monitor the limitations set forth in this Section 6.9, as well as the parallel limitations set forth in other Company Plans. The Company will permit acquisitions to occur in the
chronological order in which they are made until such time as the acquisitions are limited by one of the foregoing rules. 
 6.10 Plan Covered by Section 404(c) of ERISA. The Plan is intended to qualify as a plan described in Section 404(c) of ERISA and in regulations of the Department of Labor issued pursuant thereto. As such, Plan fiduciaries
may be relieved of liability as a result of losses directly and necessarily resulting from Participants’ investment directions given pursuant to the Plan. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	6-13	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 7 - DISTRIBUTION OF ACCOUNT
BALANCES 
 7.1 Vesting. Each Participant will be fully and immediately vested in all
Participant Accounts standing to his name. 
 7.2 Termination of Employment. 
 (a) Upon a Participant’s Termination of Employment, other than on account of death, he or she may elect either of the following:

 (i) Immediate distribution of his or her Accounts, in accordance with Sections 7.3 and 7.4; or 
 (ii) Deferred distribution of his or her Accounts. A Participant who elects to defer distribution may
defer the distribution indefinitely. At any time (and from time to time) thereafter, he or she may elect, in accordance with Sections 7.3 and 7.4, to commence receipt of his or her benefits in a form described at Section 7.3. A Participant who
defers distribution of his or her Accounts will continue to have the right to direct the investment of his or her Accounts in accordance with Section 6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who elects to defer the distribution of his or
her Accounts will receive not less than the minimum required distributions under Section 7.3(c), commencing not later than April 1 following the later of the calendar year in which he or she attains age 70 1/2, or the calendar year in which he or she has a Termination of
Employment. 
 (b) If a Participant dies before the payment of his or her benefits has begun, his or
her Accounts shall be paid pursuant to Section 7.6 if the Participant was single, or pursuant to Section 7.5 if he or she was married. If a Participant dies before the payment of his or her benefits has begun, his or her benefits must be
distributed to his or her Beneficiary over a period not exceeding the greatest of: (i) five years from the death of the Participant; (ii) in the case of payments to a designated Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Spouse, the
life or life expectancy of such Beneficiary, provided payments begin within one year of the Participant’s death; or (iii) in the case of payments to the Participant’s Spouse the life or life expectancy of such Spouse, provided
payments begin by the date the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, or if he or she dies while employed with the Company or an Affiliate after that date, beginning on the date of his or her death. The life expectancy of a Participant, his or her Spouse, or his or her
designated Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with actuarial tables adopted by the Committee for this purpose. The life expectancy of a Participant and his or her Spouse shall be redetermined periodically by the Committee, but not more
frequently than annually. 
 (c) If a Participant dies after payment of his or her benefits has begun, the remaining
portion of such benefits must be distributed over a period not exceeding the period over which payments were being made to the Participant. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 7.3 Forms of Distribution. 
 (a) Subject to the conditions and the limitations set forth in Section 7.4 and in Section 7.8, a Participant whose Accounts are to
be distributed pursuant to Section 7.2(a) may direct the Plan to make distribution in any one of the following forms: 
 (i) Lump sum. As elected by the Participant, the lump sum may be paid, either by check to be sent to the address designated by the Participant, or by wire transfer to the trustee, custodian, or
other financial institution (including an IRA trustee or custodian) designated by the Participant. 
 (ii)
Immediate Annuity. The Committee shall arrange for a nontransferable, immediate annuity contract to be purchased by the Plan from a major insurance company selected by the Committee providing an annuity benefit in any form elected by the
Participant that is available from such life insurance company and that is available under the Pilot Pension Plan. 
 (iii) Periodic Distributions. Under this option, a Participant may elect to establish a schedule of substantially equal periodic distributions. The schedule must designate (A) the amount of the distributions and (B) whether
the distributions will be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually. Each periodic distribution will be made on the 12th day of a month (or the next Business Day): each month, if monthly; in March, June, September, and December, if
quarterly; in June and December, if semiannually; and in December, if annually. Each periodic distribution will be made pro rata from all Investment Funds except for the UAL Stock Fund, which will be paid only after the Participant’s interests
in all other Investment Funds are exhausted. A Participant’s request to initiate, change, or stop periodic distributions will be made in the manner required by the recordkeeper and is subject to the requirement of Section 7.4. If it is an
initial distribution, it must be sent to the Committee; otherwise it must be sent directly to the recordkeeper. 
 (iv) Partial Distributions. A Participant may elect to receive a distribution of a portion of his or her Account balance in a single sum. He or she must designate the amount of the distribution to be made which may be no less than
$3,000. All partial distributions will be paid out in the following order: 
 (A) Pre-1987 Participant Voluntary
Contributions. 
 (B) Pre-1987 mandatory after-tax contributions in the Regular Contribution Account. 

(C) Post-1986 Participant Voluntary Contributions and earnings on pre- and post 1987 Voluntary Contributions. 

(D) Elective Deferral Contributions and earnings. 
 (E) Rollover Contributions and earnings. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (F) Company contributions and earnings, except for the UAL Stock Fund.

 (G) Company contributions and earnings from the UAL Stock Fund. 
 A Participant who elects a partial distribution described at clause (iv) may thereafter elect additional partial distributions of his or her Account
balance or may elect that the balance of his or her Accounts be paid in a form described at clause (i), (ii) or (iii). In the case of a Participant who elects a periodic distribution (described in clause (iii)), the periodic distribution amount
shall be increased to the extent, and at such times, necessary to satisfy the minimum distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9). An election to receive benefits in a form described at clause (i), (ii) or (iii) shall apply to the
entire balance in the Participant’s Accounts at the time of the election, provided, however, that a Participant who elects a form of distribution described at clause (iii), above, may, subject to the Spousal consent requirements of
Section 7.4 elect to cease receiving periodic distributions and receive another distribution method in accordance with the foregoing. 
 A
Participant’s election of one or more of the forms of distribution under paragraph (a) must be made in the form required by the Committee and at such time before the date payment is to be made or commenced as the Committee may determine.
Each such election of a form of payment shall contain such information as the Committee may require to determine the amount of the Participant’s elected form of monthly benefit. 
 (b) If the Participant has not filed an election with the Committee, then his or her benefits shall be paid to him or her in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. 
 (c) With respect to distributions made on or after December 1, 2001, the Plan will
apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed in January, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, until the
effective date of final regulations or such other date specified in guidance published by the IRS. 
 7.4 Requirements for
Annuity Forms of Payment. 
 (a) If a Participant is eligible to receive a distribution under Section 7.2, 7.14 or 7.15
then, in lieu of any other form and amount of benefit payment provided by the applicable Section, his or her benefit will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless before such date the Participant elects in writing not to
have his or her benefits paid by such method and his or her Spouse consents to such election in the manner described below. 
 (b) Any election permitted under this Section shall be made in writing and in such form as may be required by the Committee. The Committee shall furnish each married Participant at least 30, and not more than 90, days before a
Participant’s Annuity Starting Date with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, an election not to have his or her
benefits paid in such form; the requirement of spousal consent to such an

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
election; the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of such election; and a general description of the material features and the relative values of the optional forms
of benefit available under the Plan. Any such election or revocation thereof must be in writing on a form provided by the Committee and signed by the Participant. The election may be made and revoked by the Participant at any time during the 90-day
period ending on his or her Annuity Starting Date. An election not to have his or her benefits paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be effective only if the Participant’s Spouse consents to the election in writing,
such election designates a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed without the Spouse’s consent (or the consent of the Spouse expressly permits designations of Beneficiaries or forms or payment by the Participant without any
requirement of further consent by the Spouse), the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the Participant’s election, and such consent is witnessed by a notary public. Distribution must start no earlier than 30 days after the notice
described above is given, except that distribution may start less than 30 days but at least 7 days after the notice described above is given if the Committee clearly informs the Participant that he or she has a right to a period of at least 30 days
after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a particular optional form of distribution and the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution. If the net credit balances in the
Participant’s Accounts do not exceed $5,000, PAWPAC shall direct the Trustee to distribute the net credit balances in one lump sum rather than purchase an annuity. 
 (c) If a Participant elects a distribution in the periodic form described at Section 7.3(a)(iii) above, his or her Annuity Starting Date shall be the first day of the first period for which a
periodic distribution is made. If his or her Spouse consents to the payment of his or her benefit in such periodic form in accordance with Section 7.4(b), above, no spousal consent to subsequent periodic distributions in the form and amount
elected is required. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant may request that his or her entire Account balance be paid in a series of irregular partial distributions of his or her benefit (described in Section 7.3(a)(iv)) and waive the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of payment with respect to his or her entire Account balance, provided that the Participant executes a written waiver that provides that the Participant waives the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form
for the initial and all future distributions and that the Participant’s Spouse consents to such waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for the first and all later irregular partial distributions. Thereafter, no spousal consent will
be required with respect to later partial distributions. 
 7.5 Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Requirement.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions of this Section 7.5 shall apply in the case of the death of a married Participant prior to the commencement of his or her benefit payments: 
 (a) Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity Benefit. If a married Participant dies after August 22, 1984 and before
commencement of the distribution of the balances in his or her Accounts under the Plan, 50% of the balances in his or her Accounts will be distributed to his or her Surviving Spouse in the form of a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity unless
the Surviving Spouse has either waived the right to such annuity under paragraph (c) below, is paid a lump sum pursuant to paragraph (d) below, or has elected an alternate form of distribution pursuant to paragraph (e) below. The
remaining 50% of the balances in the Participant’s

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
Accounts at his or her death that is not used to provide the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity under this paragraph shall be distributed to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary
under Section 7.6. 
 (b) Waiver of Spouse’s Benefits. By writing filed with the Committee, a Participant may
elect to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity at any time during the period beginning on the latest of the earlier of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 years or the date the Participant’s
employment is terminated, and the Participant’s date of hire, and ending on the earlier of the date benefit payments to the Participant commence and the date of the Participant’s death. An election under this paragraph shall not be
effective unless the Participant’s Spouse consents to the election in writing, such election designates a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed without the Spouse’s consent (or the consent of the Spouse expressly
permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by the Spouse), the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the Participants election, and such consent is witnessed by a notary public. The Committee shall
provide each Participant during the Participant’s “notice period” (as defined below) with a written explanation of the terms and conditions of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the Participant’s right to make, and
the effect of, an election to waive the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the requirement of spousal consent to such a waiver and the Participant’s right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of such a waiver. A Participant’s
“notice period” shall mean one of the following periods as applies in his or her case: 
 (i) The
period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 years and ending with the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 years. 
 (ii) If the Participant is hired after he or she has attained age 32 years, the three year period beginning on the first day
of the first Plan Year for which he or she is a Participant. 
 (iii) If the Participant terminates employment
prior to attaining age 32 years, the one-year period beginning on the date his or her employment terminates. 
 (iv) If the Participant had attained age 34 years by August 23, 1984, the period beginning on such date and ending on December 31, 1985. 
 (c) Payment. Payment of the Surviving Spouse’s benefits under this Section 7.5 shall commence as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of the
Participant’s death and shall end with the month in which the Participant’s Spouse dies provided, that the Surviving Spouse may elect to commence payment of the Qualified Pre-Retirement survivor Annuity, as of any month thereafter, but no
later than the month in which the Participant would have attained age 62. 
 (d) Cashout of Small Amounts.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.5, if on the date benefit payments to a deceased Participant’s Surviving Spouse are to begin under this Section 7.5, the portion of the Participant’s Account balances to
be used for the

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-5	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
purchase of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity does not exceed $5,000 or does exceed $5,000 but the Participant’s Surviving Spouse consents in writing, the Committee will direct
that such benefits be paid in the form of a lump sum distribution. 
 (e) Surviving Spouse’s Election of Optional
Form. A Surviving Spouse may elect, in lieu of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, to receive the value of such Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in either of the following: 
 (i) Immediate distribution of his or her Accounts, in a form described in Section 7.3. 
 (ii) Deferred distribution of his or her Accounts. A Surviving Spouse who defers distribution may defer distribution
indefinitely, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 7.2. At any time (and from time to time) thereafter, he or she may elect to commence receipt of his or her benefits in a form described in Section 7.3. 
 If a Surviving Spouse elects (i) or (ii) above, the Accounts will be maintained in the Surviving Spouse’s name and the Surviving Spouse must
direct investment of the Accounts in accordance with Section 6. 
 7.6 Payments to Beneficiary. 
 (a) The balances in a Participant’s Accounts that are not distributed under the provisions of Sections 7.2, 7.4, or 7.5 shall be
distributed to the Participant’s Beneficiary. 
 (b) Each Participant and Surviving Spouse maintaining Accounts under the
Plan, from time to time, by signing a form approved by the Committee, may designate a Beneficiary to whom his or her Accounts are to be paid if he or she dies before he or she receives all of his or her Accounts. Each Participant and Surviving
Spouse, from time to time, may change his or her designation of Beneficiary. A Beneficiary designation form will be effective only when the form is filed with the Committee while the Participant (or, as applicable, Surviving Spouse) is alive and
will cancel all Beneficiary forms previously filed with the Committee. 
 (c) Upon the dissolution of marriage (no matter when
occurring) of a Participant who dies after July 11, 1994, any designation of the Participant’s former Spouse as a Beneficiary will be treated as though the Participant’s former Spouse had predeceased the Participant, unless
(i) the Participant executes another Beneficiary designation that complies with paragraph (b) and that clearly names such former Spouse as a Beneficiary, or (ii) a court order presented to the Committee before distribution on behalf
of the Participant explicitly requires the Participant to continue to maintain the former Spouse as his or her Beneficiary, or that such former Spouse be treated as a Surviving Spouse. 
 (d) If the Participant is not survived by his or her designated Beneficiary, if his or her designated Beneficiary disclaims benefits under
the Plan, or if he or she fails to designate a Beneficiary, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be: 
 (i)
The Participant’s Surviving Spouse. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-6	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (ii) If subparagraph (i) does not apply, the Participant’s
surviving child or children, by blood or adoption. If the Participant’s Beneficiary is two or more of his or her children determined in accordance with this subparagraph (ii), the amount shall be divided into equal shares among such children,
and each child shall be entitled to receive payment in any form that the Participant would have been able to elect under Section 7.3. 
 (iii) If subparagraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply, the Participant’s estate. 
 (e) A Surviving Spouse maintaining Accounts under the Plan may designate another Beneficiary to receive the balance of the Surviving Spouse’s Accounts upon the Surviving Spouse’s death, in which
case, the Accounts will be paid to the Beneficiary of the Surviving Spouse in the form of an immediate lump sum. A Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Surviving Spouse shall not be permitted to designate another Beneficiary to receive
benefits under the Plan upon such Beneficiary’s death. Upon the death of a Beneficiary (other than the Participant’s Surviving Spouse) in whose name Accounts are maintained under the Plan, any amounts remaining in such Accounts shall be
paid to the Participant’s next succeeding Beneficiary determined in accordance with paragraphs (b) through (d) above. 
 (f) The Participant’s Beneficiary other than the Participant’s Surviving Spouse will be entitled to receive payment of the Participant’s Account balance in any form permitted under Section 7.3(a), subject to the
requirements of Section 7.2(b) and (c). 
 (g) A Beneficiary who is the Participant’s Surviving Spouse may elect
either of the following: 
 (i) Immediate distribution of his or her Accounts, in a form described in
Section 7.3. 
 (ii) Deferred distribution of his or her Accounts. A Surviving Spouse who defers
distribution may defer distribution indefinitely, subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 7.2. At any time (and from time to time) thereafter, he or she may elect to commence receipt of his or her benefits in a form described in
Section 7.3. 
 If a surviving Spouse elects (i) or (ii) above, the Accounts will be maintained in the Surviving Spouse’s
name and the Surviving Spouse must direct investment of the Accounts in accordance with Section 6. 
 7.7 Missing
Participants or Beneficiaries. In the event the Committee, after reasonable, good faith effort, is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary who is required to receive a payment and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his or her
benefits or make his or her whereabouts known to the Committee within six years after such efforts to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, the Account will be forfeited and the forfeited amount will be applied toward the amount of future Company
contributions under Section 4.1. The forfeited amount will be restored to the Accounts from which the amount was forfeited, unadjusted for interest or any change in value occurring after the forfeiture, upon the Participant’s or
Beneficiary’s claim for the benefit. The Company will contribute the amount required to restore the Accounts. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-7	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 7.8 Payments to Minors and Other Persons Under Legal Disability. Notwithstanding any
other provisions of the Plan, if, in the Committee’s opinion, any payee of a Plan benefit is under a legal disability or is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage his or her financial affairs, the Committee may direct payment to
a relative or friend of such person for his or her benefit until valid claim for payment is made by a guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or of his or her estate. Thereafter, any Plan benefit to
which such payee is entitled shall be paid to such guardian, conservator or other person legally charged with the care of his or her person or of his or her estate. 
 7.9 Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated. The interests of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be
voluntarily or involuntarily anticipated, assigned, alienated or subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process except as may be required by federal or state tax withholding provisions or pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p) and Section 206(d)(3) of ERISA. 
 7.10 Commencement of Distributions. Except as provided below in this Section, distribution of a Participant’s Accounts shall be made (or installment payments shall commence) as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the
event requiring the distribution as provided in Section 7.2, but not later than 60 days after (a) the end of the Plan Year in which such event occurs, or (b) such other date on which the amount of the payment is first reasonably
ascertainable by the Committee. The amount of the distribution shall be based on the values of the Participant’s Accounts as of the close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding (i) the date of actual distribution, with
respect to lump sums, or (ii) the date of transfer to an insurance company, with respect to annuities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution of the balances in a Participant’s Accounts will be made (or installment payments will
commence) by April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, or if later, his or her termination of employment with the Company and its Affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of Sections 7.14
or 7.15, or Section 7, if the total nonforfeitable balances in the Participant’s Accounts is greater than $5,000, to the extent required by law, no distribution or withdrawal of such balances will be made before the earlier of the date of
the Participant’s death or the date the Participant attains age 62 years, unless the Participant and his or her Spouse, if any, and if required by Section 7.4, otherwise consent. 
 7.11 Distribution of QDRO Account. 
 (a) Distribution of a QDRO Account shall be made pursuant to the qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) referred to in Section 5.1(e), provided that such order does not conflict with the terms of
the Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the QDRO, the alternate payee may request that the QDRO Account be distributed (or that distributions from the QDRO Account begin) on any date during the period beginning with the date the QDRO Account is
established and ending on April 1 of the year following the calendar year in which the Participant (from whose Account assets were transferred to establish the QDRO Account) attains or would have attained at 70 1/2. The alternate payee may elect in writing any form of distribution
permitted under Section 7.3; provided, however, that an alternate payee is not subject to the requirements of Section 7 regarding payment in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-8	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (b) Upon the alternate payee’s death, any amounts remaining in the QDRO Account will be
distributed to the alternate payee’s Beneficiary (designated by the alternate payee in accordance with Section 7.6(c) and (d)) in a lump sum, or in a combination of a lump sum and an annuity; provided that if the alternate payee’s
Beneficiary is his or her estate determined in accordance with Section 7.6(d)(iii), the QDRO Account will be paid only in a lump sum. An alternate payee’s Beneficiary may not elect any other form of distribution and may not maintain an
account balance under the Plan beyond the period of administration needed to effect such distribution(s) and/or annuity purchase(s). 
 7.12 Direct Rollover. To the extent required by Code Section 401(a)(31), the Participant (or a Beneficiary who is the Surviving Spouse) will have the right to elect to have any distribution that constitutes an “eligible
rollover distribution” (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(31)(C)) paid directly to an “eligible retirement plan” (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(31)(D)) specified by such Participant (or spousal Beneficiary).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover distribution” includes, until January 1, 2000, a distribution made on account of a financial hardship. If a Participant (or spousal Beneficiary) fails to make the foregoing
election, he or she will be deemed not to have made such election. Any such direct rollover shall be subject to such rules and procedures as the Committee, with the written consent of the Association, may adopt from time to time, including rules
relating to whether such direct rollover may be made in-kind and rules relating to the investment funds from which such direct rollover may be made. 
 7.13 Delay in Payments. Should payment of any benefit be postponed to an extent which the Pension Board deems to be substantial, by reason of a court order or by reason of a dispute as to
entitlement, the assets providing such benefit shall be maintained in the Accounts (or held in some other form if pursuant to court order) pending final resolution, and the benefit payments shall reflect the gains or losses of such interim
experience or investment. 
 7.14 Distribution of Elective Deferrals on Account of Financial Hardship. 
 (a) Hardship Distributions. Distribution of Elective Deferrals (but not earnings thereon) may be made to a Participant in the event
of financial hardship. For this purpose, financial hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant where such distribution is necessary to meet such need because the Participant lacks other available resources. Except
as otherwise provided in paragraph (b), an “immediate” need is one arising within three months after the hardship application is filed. A “heavy” need is judged on the magnitude of the need compared to the Participant’s
ability to meet the need. To qualify for a financial hardship distribution, a Participant must file a written application therefor in a form acceptable to the Committee and receive approval for such a distribution. A hardship distribution is subject
to the requirements of Sections 7.4 and 7.5, provided, however, that no financial hardship distribution shall be made unless the Participant and his or her Spouse, if any, consent (in accordance with those subsections) to such distribution in the
form of a single sum payment. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-9	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (b) Special Rules. 
 (i) The following are automatically considered immediate and heavy financial needs: 
 (A) deductible medical expenses (within the meaning of Code Section 213(d)) of the Participant or the Participant’s
Spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); 
 (B) the purchase (excluding mortgage
payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 
 (C) payment of tuition (plus related educational fees,
and room and board expenses) for the next 12 months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152); or 
 (D) the need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant’s
principal residence. 
 (ii) A distribution will be considered necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant only if the distribution does not exceed the immediate and heavy need (including taxes and penalties imposed on the distribution amount) and if (A) or (B) is true: 
 (A) The Participant submits a signed statement in a form acceptable to the Committee representing that the need cannot be
satisfied in any of the following ways: 
 (1) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

 (2) liquidation of the Participant’s assets (including those of his or her spouse and minor children),
to the extent the liquidation would not in itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need; 
 (3) by
discontinuing Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan; or 
 (4) by other distributions or loans to the
Participant or his or her Spouse from other Company plans or plans of any other past or present employer, or by borrowing through a commercial loan on reasonable terms (such as a United Airlines Employees’ Credit Union loan). 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-10	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (B) All of the following conditions are met: 
 (1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant.

 (2) The Participant has received all distributions (other than the requested hardship distribution) and all
non-taxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Company; 
 (3) The Participant, once
the hardship distribution is approved, will be prohibited from making pre-tax or after-tax contributions to all qualified and non-qualified deferred compensation plans (including deferred bonus, stock option, and employee stock purchase plans, but
not including welfare plans such as medical or life insurance) for at least 12 months; and 
 (4) In the
calendar year following the year of the hardship distribution, the Participant’s Deferral Limit will be reduced by the amount of deferrals the Participant made in the calendar year of the hardship distribution. 
 7.15 In-Service Withdrawal. The following withdrawals may be made while a Participant remains in active service: 
 (a) Withdrawal of Voluntary Contribution Account. A Participant, while continuing in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, may
elect, subject to Sections 7.4 and 7.5, to withdraw all or any part of the balance in his or her Voluntary Contribution Account (if any) determined as of the effective date of the withdrawal. If a withdrawal is made in accordance with this Section,
any election to make Voluntary Contributions under Section 4.3 will be automatically revoked; provided, however, that no automatic revocation will occur if the Participant so requests in a writing filed with the Committee. A Participant’s
withdrawal from his or her Voluntary Contribution Account (i) first will be deemed made from the Participant’s Voluntary Contributions made to the Plan before January 1, 1987, and (ii) after such pre-January 1, 1987
contributions have been withdrawn in full, will be deemed made pro rata both from (A) all earnings on Voluntary Contributions (both pre- and post-1987) and (B) the Participant’s Voluntary Contributions made to the Plan after
December 31, 1986. 
 (b) Age 59 1/2 Withdrawals. A Participant who has attained age 59 1/2, while continuing in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, may elect, subject to Sections 7.4 and 7.5, to withdraw all or any part of the balance in his or her Elective Deferral Account (if any) or all or any part of his or her
Rollover Contribution Account (if any), in either case determined as of the effective date of the withdrawal. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	7-11	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 8 - PLAN ADMINISTRATION 
 8.1 Plan Administrator. The authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan is vested in the Company and
shall be exercised for and on behalf of the Company by the Committee, subject to the provisions of Section 9. The Committee is the “Plan Administrator” as described in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA. 
 8.2 Committee Membership and Authority. The Committee will consist of three or more persons appointed by the Board of Directors of
the Company. The members of the Committee shall act for and on behalf of the Company and shall be “Named Fiduciaries” (as described in Section 402 of ERISA) under the Plan. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
Section 8, in controlling and managing the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee shall act by a majority of its then members by meeting or by writing filed without meeting and, subject to the provisions of Section 9 of
the Plan, shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it elsewhere in the Plan: 
 (a) To
adopt, amend and rescind such rules, procedures and regulations as, in its opinion, may be necessary or advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the provisions of the Plan. 
 (b) To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Committee.

 (c) To determine, in its sole discretion, all questions arising under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to
determine the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants and their Beneficiaries and their respective benefits, to recoup any benefits to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary are not entitled, to interpret the provisions of the Plan
and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. 
 (d) To maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan and
concerning the Committee’s proceedings and acts in such form and detail as the Committee may decide. 
 (e) To direct all
payments of benefits under the Plan. 
 A certificate of either the secretary to the Committee or a majority of the members of the Committee
that the Committee has taken or authorized any action will be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate. 
 8.3 Delegation By Committee. In exercising its authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, the Committee may employ agents and counsel (who may also be employed by or represent the Company) and may
delegate to them or to individual Committee members such powers as the Committee deems desirable. Any such delegation shall be in writing and shall reflect the unanimous action of the Committee members then acting. The writing contemplated by the
foregoing sentence shall fully describe the advice to be rendered or the functions and duties to be performed by the delegate, as well as the authority of the delegate to perform such functions and duties. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	8-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 8.4 Uniform Rules. In managing the Plan, the Committee will uniformly apply rules and
regulations adopted by it to all Participants similarly situated. 
 8.5 Information to be Furnished to Committee. The
Company shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as may be required. The records of the Company as to an employee’s or Participant’s period of employment, Termination of Employment and the reason therefor, leave of
absence, reemployment and Earnings will be the basis for administering the Plan, subject to the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan. Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Committee such evidence,
data or information as the Committee considers desirable to administer the Plan. 
 8.6 Exercise of Committee’s
Duties. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in the Plan and their beneficiaries, and: 
 (a) for the exclusive purpose of: 
 (i) providing benefits to the Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and 
 (ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; and 
 (b) with the
care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. 
 8.7 Remuneration and Expenses. No remuneration shall be paid to any Committee member as such. However, the reasonable expenses of a
Committee member incurred in the performance of a Committee function shall be reimbursed by the Company. 
 8.8 Resignation
or Removal of Committee Member. A Committee member may resign at any time by giving ten days’ advance written notice to the Company and the other Committee members. The Company may remove a Committee member by giving advance written notice
to him or her and the other Committee members. 
 8.9 Appointment of Successor Committee Members. The Company may fill
any vacancy in the membership of the Committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other Committee members. While there is a vacancy in the membership of the Committee, the remaining Committee members shall have the same powers as
the full Committee until the vacancy is filled. 
 8.10 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan,
any notice or document relating to the Plan required to be given to or filed with: 
 (a) the Company, Pension Board (as
described in Section 9) or the Committee shall be considered to be properly given or filed if delivered to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), 1200 East Algonquin Road, Elk Grove Township, Illinois 60007, or mailed by
registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), in care of the Company, at P.O. Box 66100, Chicago, Illinois 60666; 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	8-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (b) the Association shall be considered to be properly given or filed if delivered, or
mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Members of the Pension Board appointed by the Association, with copies to the UAL MEC Chairman at 6400 Shafer Court, Suite 700, Rosemont, Illinois 60018, and the Director of the Retirement and
Insurance Department at 535 Herndon Parkway, Herndon, VA 20170; 
 (c) an entity acting under the Funding Part, shall be given
or filed in accordance with the provisions of the applicable document or documents constituting the Funding Part. 
 8.11
Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it on behalf of the Plan considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper
party or parties. 
 8.12 Reliance. The Company, its officers and directors, the members of the Pension Board, the
members of the Committee and the Association will be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by any duly appointed entity acting under the Funding Part, actuary and/or accountant and upon all opinions given
by any duly appointed legal counsel and/or investment counsel. 
 8.13 Top-Heavy Provisions. The special rules of Code
Section 416 applicable to “top-heavy” plans do not apply to the Plan pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(4). 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	8-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 9 - BENEFIT CLAIM PROCEDURE 
 9.1 Review by Pension Board. The Pension Board will have the exclusive power to hear and determine all disputes under the procedures
hereinafter provided arising out of application or interpretation of the Plan or concerning benefits or participation in the Plan with power to sustain, reverse, alter, modify or amend any decision giving rise to such disputes. With respect to such
disputes the Pension Board will function as a system board of adjustment as provided in Title II of the Railway Labor act, as amended, and the following provisions will govern: 
 (a) The jurisdiction of the Pension Board will be limited to all disputes which may arise out of the interpretation or application of the
Plan, and all disputes concerning the participation in or benefits under the Plan and such jurisdiction will be exclusive. Such disputes may be submitted to the Pension Board either by the Association, the Company, the Committee, a Pilot or
Participant or any person claiming under a Pilot or Participant. 
 (b) The Pension Board will establish rules of procedure for
the conduct of its business and of hearings before it, which rules will not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 9.1. Insofar as possible, such procedures will follow the procedure of the American Arbitration Association. The
Chairman and Vice Chairman will promptly advise the Association and the Committee of such rules of procedure. 
 (c) All
disputes properly referred to the Pension Board for consideration will be addressed to the Chairman in the form of a Submission as prescribed by the rules of procedure. Five copies of each Submission, including all papers and exhibits in connection
therewith, will be forwarded to the Chairman, who will promptly transmit one copy thereof to each member of the Pension Board. The submission in each dispute will include the question to be decided by the Pension Board, the provisions of the Plan
involved in the dispute, the position of the petitioner and all asserted facts supporting such position. 
 (d) The Submission
will state the names of the parties to whom the petitioner sent copies of the Submission. If a Submission is filed by the Association, a copy will be served upon the Committee and vice versa. If filed by the Company, a copy will be served upon the
Association and the Committee. If filed by a Pilot or Participant, or a person claiming under a Pilot or Participant, a copy will he or she served upon the Association and the Committee. The parties receiving a Submission will within 30 days after
receipt thereof file five copies of an answer as prescribed by the rules of procedure with the Chairman, who will promptly transmit one copy thereof to each member of the Pension Board. A copy of the answer will be sent to the petitioner and all
other parties to whom the Submission was sent. Each answer will include that party’s position and any asserted facts supporting such position. 
 (e) The Submission will state whether or not the petitioner requests both a hearing on the facts and oral argument, or only oral argument. The answer of each party may request a hearing on the facts and
oral argument or only oral argument. If neither the Submission nor any answer requests a hearing, the Pension Board may waive a hearing and dispose of the dispute on the basis of the Submission and answers. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	9-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (f) When a hearing has been requested in a dispute, the Pension Board will fix a date for
such hearing as soon as reasonably possible after receipt of the Submission. The date for the hearing will not be less than sixty days nor more than ninety days after receipt of the Submission. If two or more Members of the Pension Board consider
the question involved in the dispute to be of sufficient urgency, the Pension Board may fix an earlier date, which will be not less than ten days after filing of the answer. Unless the Pension Board waives, by majority vote, preparation of a
transcript of a particular meeting, a transcript of each proceeding will be made and retained in the files of the Pension Board. Such hearing will be heard at the Company’s Executive Offices in Elk Grove Township, Illinois, unless the Pension
Board, by a majority of vote, otherwise determines. 
 (g) Pension Board Members who are employees of the Company will be
granted necessary leaves of absence for the performance of their duties as Pension Board Members, and will be furnished free space available transportation over the lines of the Company for the purpose of attending Pension Board meetings and
hearings, to the extent permitted by law. 
 (h) Three Members of the Pension Board will constitute a quorum for purposes of
this Section. All actions and decisions of the Pension Board under this Section will be by the affirmative vote of not less than three Members. 
 (i) The Pension Board Members may at the expense of the party appointing them utilize outside consultants and such consultants may be present at any meeting or hearing of the Pension Board held in
accordance with this Section and will have access to all data necessary and pertinent to such meeting. 
 (j) If the Pension
Board deadlocks in the case of any dispute properly before it, the Committee and the Association will, within ten days after notice of such deadlock, agree upon an impartial umpire. If the parties fail to agree upon the selection of a mutually
acceptable umpire, the Company or the Association will request the American Arbitration Association to select an umpire, preferably a person with knowledge of retirement plans. When an impartial umpire is selected, the Pension Board will become a
five member Board to break the deadlock and for all further action of the Pension Board with respect to the dispute until the final decision is made in the dispute. 
 (k) When an impartial umpire is selected, any party to a dispute may make a written request to the Pension Board for a further hearing or oral argument provided it is made within fifteen days after such
selections. The Pension Board will decide such requests. If no further hearing or argument is held, the Pension Board will consider and review the prior record in the dispute. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Committee and the Association, the
decision of the Pension Board will be rendered within thirty days after the close of any further hearing or argument. A majority vote of the Pension Board, as constituted, will be necessary to reach such decision. 
 (l) The decision of the Pension Board, as constituted, will be final and binding upon the Association, the Company, the Committee, a Pilot
or Participant and any other person claiming under a Pilot or Participant. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	9-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (m) The Pension Board will not have jurisdiction or power to add to or subtract from the
Plan or any amendments thereto. 
 (n) The expenses and reasonable compensation of the impartial umpire selected as provided
herein will be borne equally by the Association and the Company. The Chairman and the Vice Chairman, acting jointly, will have authority to incur such expenses as in their judgment may be deemed necessary for the proper conduct of the business of
the Pension Board and such expenses will be borne one-half by the Association and one-half by the Company. 
 9.2 Pension
Board. 
 (a) Membership. The Pension Board shall consist of two persons appointed by the Association and of two
persons appointed by the Committee acting for and on behalf of the Company. The Association and the Committee shall each inform the other, in writing, of the persons appointed by it to be members of the Pension Board and of the resignation or
removal of such persons. 
 (b) Pension Board Officers. The Pension Board shall select from among its Members a Chairman
and a Vice Chairman who shall serve for a period of one year or until their respective successors are chosen, if later. The Chairmanship of the Pension Board shall be alternated, in one-year terms, between a Member appointed by the Association and a
Member appointed by the Committee. The Members of the Pension Board may, but need not, select a Secretary. 
 (c) Manner of
Acting. The Pension Board shall act by meeting presided over by the Chairman (or, in his or her absence, the Vice Chairman) or by the unanimous written consent of its membership without meeting. Three Members of the Pension Board shall
constitute a quorum for the conduct of business. All resolutions passed or other action taken by the Pension Board shall be by the affirmative vote of three Members. A meeting of the Pension Board may be called by any two Members on thirty
days’ advance written notice to the other Members or on lesser written notice if at least three Members so agree in writing. Meetings of the Pension Board will be held at the Company is Executive Offices unless three of the Members decide upon
another location. 
 (d) Authority of Association Appointed Pension Board Members. The Members of the Pension Board
appointed by the Association shall have the authority to review: 
 (i) the administration of the Plan and the
Funding Part, including expenses, fees, benefits, any actuarial practices and procedures, investment policies, reserves and administration procedures; 
 (ii) the reports submitted by the Committee, the Company and the entities acting under the Funding Part reflecting the operation and administration of the Plan and Funding Part, the portfolio of the
Funding Part and the experience of the Plan, as prepared by pension consultants; 
 (iii) information pertaining
to the Plan which is to be distributed to individual Participants; 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	9-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (iv) determinations as to whether a Participant is Disabled as defined in
subsection 3.5; 
 (v) any actuarial tables and assumptions to be adopted in connection with the Plan.

 The members of the Pension Board appointed by the Association shall have access to the data and records of the Committee, the Company and the
entities acting under the Funding Part with respect to any matter described in this Section. 
 (e) Right of Association
Appointed Pension Board Members Regarding Funding Part. The Company and the Committee, as the case may be, will deal with the entities acting under the Funding Part. However, prior to giving any notice, instruction, consent, direction or
approval and prior to executing any amendment or agreement, the Company, or the Committee, as the case may be, shall serve upon the members of the Pension Board appointed by the Association at the address last filed by them with the Company, and
upon the Association, a copy thereof. Notice of any objection thereto, if any, will be served upon the entity proposing to give the notice, instruction, consent, direction or approval, or proposing to execute the amendment or agreement and upon the
members of the Pension Board appointed by the Committee within fifteen days of receipt. If the objection cannot be resolved by the members of the Pension Board, the matter will then be decided in accordance with the following procedures: 

(i) The objection shall be considered by an independent, neutral specialist of standing and reputation in the pension and
investment field (“Neutral”), selected by the Pension Board members appointed by the Association from a panel of three such persons previously nominated by the Committee. Such persons shall serve at the Committee’s discretion and
shall have had no connection with the Company, UAL Corporation, or the Association or with any of the pension plans established for Pilots or other employees of the Company, or UAL Corporation. 
 (ii) Such selected Neutral shall on an expedited basis meet jointly and informally with the Pension Board members appointed
by the Association and by the Committee and receive such data and presentation as they may make. Based upon the Plan documents and the fiduciary requirements of ERISA which apply to the proposal under consideration, the Neutral shall make a
determination which shall be a finding that either “the objection warrants no further consideration” or “the objection warrants further consideration.” 
 (iii) If the Neutral determines that “the objection warrants no further consideration,” the Company, or the
Committee, as the case may be, may take the proposed action. 
 (iv) If the Neutral determines that “the
objection warrants further consideration,” the Pension Board members appointed by the Association may make an expeditious written presentation to the Committee. If the objection still remains unresolved, an expeditious additional written and/or
oral presentation may be made to a

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	9-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
regular or special meeting of the Committee. Should the objection continue to be unresolved, it shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures relating to resolutions of disputes contained
in Section 9.1 of the Plan. 
 (v) The costs of the Neutral so utilized shall be borne equally by the
Company and the Association. 
 (f) Reimbursement and Expenses of Pension Board Members. No compensation will be paid to
a Pension Board member as such. The travel and other reasonable expenses incurred by a member as a result of his or her attendance at meetings of the Pension Board will be reimbursed by the Company in the case of members appointed by the Committee
and by the Association in the case of members appointed by it. The members of the Pension Board appointed by the Association, at the expense of the Association, and members of the Pension Board appointed by the Committee, at the expense of the
Company, may employ outside consultants who may attend any meeting of the Pension Board and have access to all data necessary and pertinent to such meeting. 
 (g) Exercise of Pension Board’s Duties. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Pension Board shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in
the Plan and their beneficiaries, and: 
 (i) for the exclusive purpose of: 
 (A) providing benefits to Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and 
 (B) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; and 
 (ii) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	9-5	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 10 - LIMITATION ON ANNUAL
ADDITIONS 
 10.1 Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, in no event shall the
sum of Annual Additions to a Participant’s accounts under this Plan, the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, for any calendar year, exceed
the lesser of: 
 (a) $40,000 (or, such dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of living, as in effect under
Code Section 415(c)(1)(A) for the calendar year), or 
 (b) 100% of the Participant’s Section 415 Wages for that
calendar year. 
 10.2 Adjustments. If the amount that would otherwise be credited under the Plan on behalf of a
Participant for any calendar year would be in excess of the limitation of Section 10.1, then the Committee will, to the extent necessary, treat the contributions as follows: first, refund the Participant’s Voluntary Contributions under
this Plan and after-tax contributions under any other defined contribution plan; second, reduce the contributions under Section 5.4(c)(vi) of the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan; third, refund the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals, under this Plan and elective deferrals under any other plan subject to Code Section 401(k); fourth, reduce all other contributions under the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan; fifth, reduce all other contributions under
any other defined contribution plan, excluding Company contributions under Section 4.1 of this Plan; and, sixth, reduce all Company contributions under Section 4.1 of this Plan (to be held in a suspense account and reallocated in
accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 415-6(b)(ii)). Any earnings or gains accrued on any such refunded Participant after-tax contributions or Elective Deferrals will be refunded to the Participant along with such refunded amounts. 
 10.3 Definitions. The following definitions apply for the purposes of Section 10: 
 (a) “Annual Addition” means, with respect to any Participant for any calendar year, the sum of the following amounts allocated to
his or her accounts under the Plan, the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan and any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an “Affiliated Company”: 
 (i) Company contributions allocated to his or her Account for such calendar year (including Elective Deferrals contributed by
the Company on his or her behalf); 
 (ii) The amount of his or her after-tax voluntary contributions to his or
her account for such calendar year; 
 (iii) Forfeitures reallocable to his or her Account; and 
 (iv) Amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), that is part of a pension
or annuity plan maintained by the Company. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	10-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Contributions to and forfeitures reallocable under any other qualified defined contribution
plan sponsored by the Company or by an Affiliate shall be considered contributions to or forfeitures under the Plan. 
 10.4
Responsibility of the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole responsibility to see that the restrictions of this Section 10 are applied. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	10-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 11 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 

11.1 Amendment. The Company must necessarily reserve and reserves the right, subject to Sections 3.4 and 11.6, to amend the Plan
from time to time, by action of its Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of the duration clause of any currently effective collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Association. 
 11.2 Termination. The Plan will continue until the first to occur of the following: 
 (a) The date it is terminated by the Company, by action of its Board of Directors (subject to Section 11.6 and the provisions of the
duration clause of any currently effective collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Association); 
 (b) The
date the Company is declared bankrupt by a court of competent jurisdiction; or 
 (c) The dissolution, merger or consolidation
of the Company, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets, except that, subject to the provisions of Section 11.3, in any such event arrangements may be made whereby the Plan will be continued by a successor to the
Company or a purchase of all, or substantially all, of the Company’s assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for the Company under the Plan. 
 11.3 Merger and Consolidation of Plan Transfer of Plan Assets. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets
and liabilities to, any other plan, provisions shall be made so that each affected Participant in the Plan on the date thereof (if the Plan then terminated) would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is
equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated. 
 11.4 Distribution on Termination. On termination or partial termination of the Plan, after all adjustments then required have been
made, each affected Participant’s benefits will be nonforfeitable. If, on termination of the Plan, the Participant remains an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, the amount of his or her benefits shall be retained under the Funding Part
until his or her termination of employment with the Company and Affiliates, and then shall be paid to him or her in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3, or as agreed to by the Company and the Association. In the event that the
Participant’s employment with the Company and Affiliates is terminated coincident with the termination of the Plan, his or her benefits shall be paid to him or her as soon as practicable after such termination in accordance with the provisions
of Section 7.3. 
 11.5 Notice of Amendment or Termination. Participants will be notified of an amendment or
termination of the Plan within a reasonable time. 
 11.6 Limitation on Amendment or Termination. The following
provisions of this Section 11.6 will apply to any amendment or termination of the Plan to the extent that and so long as they are substantially duplicated in any currently effective collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the
Association. The Company will provide the Association an opportunity to discuss and comment on all proposed amendments to any provision of the Plan at least 30 days before implementation. The Company will consider any such comments in good faith.
If, after proper notice by the Company, the

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	11-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 
Association objects to a proposed amendment to the Plan, the parties retain all their present rights under the collective bargaining agreement and the Plan concerning the Company’s ability
to implement such an amendment without approval of the Association. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (except the first sentence of this Section 11.6), the Company will not amend any provision of the Plan that changes negotiated benefits without
the prior written consent of the Association. This provision is without prejudice to any other rights of the Association concerning other amendments to the Plan. The Association may submit any dispute concerning any proposed Plan amendment to the
Pension Board within seven days from the date the dispute is known to exist, and such dispute will be decided within 60 days of submission. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	11-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Section 12 - LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS 
 12.1 Loans to Participants. Upon application by a Participant who is employed by the Company (excluding a Participant receiving
benefits from the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilot Disability Income Plan), a loan will be made to the Participant from his or her vested Accounts under the Plan, subject to the further provisions of this Section 12. A Participant’s
application must be made on such form or through such medium as the Committee may require. The Trustee will deliver the loan proceeds to the Participant by one of the following methods, as elected by the Participant: by wire to the
Participant’s account at a financial institution, or by check payable to the Participant, via ground or overnight mail. A Participant may have only one loan outstanding at a time, and must wait at least 12 months after one loan is paid in full
before receiving another loan from the Plan. 
 12.2 Amount of Loan. The amount of the loan will be designated by the
Participant as an even multiple of $1,000, up to $50,000; provided, that no loan will be made to a Participant if, immediately after such loan, the sum of the outstanding balances (including principal and interest) of all loans made to him or her
under this Plan and under any other qualified retirement plans maintained by the Company or Affiliate would exceed the lesser of: 
 (a) $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding balance of all loans to the Participant from the plans during the one-year period ending on the day immediately before the date on which the loan is made, over
(ii) the outstanding balance of loans from the plans to the Participant on the date on which such loan is made; or 
 (b)
one-half of the value of the total vested balance of the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan as of the date the loan is made. 
 12.3 Interest Rate Charged on Loan. Interest will be charged on a Plan loan at an annual rate equal to 1% above the prime rate as reported in the Wall Street Journal on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of the
Participant’s request for a loan. 
 12.4 Fee for Loan. An administrative fee for each loan from the Plan will be
deducted from the Participant’s Accounts to cover all administrative expenses in connection with the loan, including the Trustee’s cost to send the check for the loan proceeds by overnight delivery. The fee will be deducted from the
Participant’s Accounts invested in the Money Market Fund, in the same order as a loan depletes the Participant’s Accounts invested in the Money Market Fund under Section 12.5. The amount of the fee will be: (a) $90, effective as
of the date loans are first made available under the Plan, or (b) such other amount as the Company and the Association mutually determine, effective as of the date (which may not be retroactive) specified in communications to the Participants.
This fee is not included in the amount loaned or in the maximum loan amount set forth in Section 12.2. No fee will be charged unless a loan is actually made. 
 12.5 Order of Depletion of Accounts for Loans. Loans will be funded by depleting a Participant’s Accounts under the Plan invested in the Money Market Fund in the following order: 

(a) Company contributions and earnings in the Regular Contribution Account; 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	12-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (b) Rollover contributions and earnings in the Rollover Contribution Account; 
 (c) Pre-tax contributions and earnings in the Elective Deferral Account; 
 (d) Post-1986 Voluntary Contributions and earnings on pre-1987 and post-1986 Voluntary Contributions; 
 (e) Pre-1997 Participant mandatory after-tax contributions in the Regular Contribution Account. 
 If a Participant’s loan application designates a loan amount which, together with the fee required under Section 12.4, cannot be funded in full
from the Participant’s interest in his or her Accounts invested in the Money Market Fund, in accordance with the order of depiction set forth above, such loan application will be denied. No loan will be funded from a Participant’s interest
invested in any Investment Fund other than the Money Market Fund. 
 12.6 Promissory Note; Security for Loan. A loan will
be evidenced by the Participant’s written promissory note to the Trustee, who will hold the promissory note. The note shall constitute an enforceable agreement and shall set forth the loan’s interest rate (including the loan origination
fee, if any), repayment amortization schedule, and such other terms and conditions (which are not inconsistent with this Section 12) as the Committee may determine. The Participant’s obligation to repay a loan (or loans) from the Plan
shall be secured by 50% of the Participant’s vested Accounts under the Plan. A Participant who is married may obtain a loan only if his or her application is accompanied by the written, notarized consent of the Participant’s spouse to the
use of the Participant’s Accounts as security for the loan. 
 12.7 Loan Repayments. 
 (a) Period of Loan Repayment. The Participant shall designate the number of months to constitute the period of repayment of the loan.
The minimum period a Participant may designate is 6 months. The maximum period a Participant may designate is (i) 60 months from the date the loan is made, or (ii) 180 months from the date the loan is made, for a loan used to acquire a
dwelling which within a reasonable period of time will be used as the Participant’s principal residence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a loan shall become due and payable within 60 days following the Participant’s Termination of
Employment from the Company for any reason. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant receiving benefits from the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilot Disability Income Plan will not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment.

 (b) Level Amortization. The amount of each loan repayment shall be determined by PAWPAC so as to result in
substantially equal repayments, to be made no less frequently than quarterly, of principal and interest over the loan repayment period. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	12-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (c) Accounting. Each loan repayment shall reduce the outstanding balance of that loan
and be credited to the Participant’s Account or Accounts which were depicted to fund the loan. 
 (d) Investment.
Each loan repayment shall be invested in the Investment Funds in accordance with the Participant’s current investment directions under Section 6.2(a), applicable to the Account or Accounts to which the loan repayment is credited. A
Participant without current investment directions applicable to an Account to which all or any portion of the amount of a loan repayment is to be credited shall be deemed to have directed investment of such amount in the Money Market Fund.

 (e) Method of Repayment. Generally, loan repayments will be made by payroll deduction for each payroll period.
However, during any period when payroll deduction is not possible or is not permitted under applicable law, repayment will be made by personal check. 
 (f) Loan Repayments During Leaves of Absence. 
 (i)
Military Leave of Absence. The obligation to make loan repayments shall be suspended during the period a Participant is on an approved leave of absence from the Company for service in the uniformed services (as defined in chapter 43 of title
38, United States Code). With respect to such a Participant who returns to service with the Company prior to expiration of the Participant’s federal veterans’ reemployment rights, loan repayments shall resume in an amount which the
Committee determines is necessary to provide for level amortization of the entire amount then outstanding on the loan, over a loan repayment period equal to the original loan repayment period extended by the length of the military leave, or such
longer period as may be allowed by applicable law. With respect to such a Participant who fails to return to service with the Company prior to expiration of the Participant’s federal veterans’ reemployment rights, the loan repayment period
shall be accelerated in accordance with paragraph (a) above. 
 (ii) Other Leave of Absence. The
obligation to make loan repayments shall be suspended, for up to one year, during the period a Participant is on an approved leave of absence from the Company other than for service in the uniformed services, if such leave of absence is either
without pay or at a rate of pay (after income and employment tax withholding) which is less than the amount of the loan repayments. Loan repayments which have been suspended shall resume upon the earlier of the expiration of the approved leave or
the expiration of one year of approved leave. If loan payments have been suspended, the Participant may elect to extend the original loan repayment period, but not beyond the maximum loan repayment period which the Participant could have designated
at the time the loan was made originally. When loan repayments resume after a suspension, they shall be in an amount, as elected by the Participant, equal to: (A) the amount determined by the Plan administrator necessary to amortize the entire
amount then outstanding on the loan, on a level basis, over the remaining loan repayment period, or (B) the same amount as had been payable under the terms of the original loan, with the entire outstanding obligation on the loan due and payable
at the end of the loan repayment period. With respect to a Participant who fails to return to service with the Company upon expiration of an approved leave of absence, the loan repayment period shall be accelerated in accordance with paragraph
(a) above. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	12-3	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 (g) Prepayment. The entire loan balance may be prepaid, in full, without penalty, at
any time at least six months after the date the loan is made. 
 (h) Default on Loan. If any loan repayment installment
is not paid when due, the Participant shall be allowed a grace period, beginning on the day after the date the loan repayment installment was due and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter within which the loan
repayment installment (including repayment due upon acceleration) was due, within which to make such overdue loan repayment. If such overdue loan repayment installment is not paid upon expiration of the grace period, then the entire outstanding
obligation on the loan shall be in default. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, as of the date of such default, the Trustee shall apply an amount from the Participant’s Accounts, up to 50% of the Participant’s
vested Accounts, in satisfaction of the entire outstanding obligation on the loan, but only to the extent such vested interest (or portion thereof) is then distributable under the terms of the Plan. If necessary to satisfy the entire outstanding
obligation, such application of the Participant’s vested interest may be executed in a series of actions as amounts credited to the Participant’s Account become distributable. 
 12.8 Administration of Loans. Loans shall be granted or denied solely on the basis of whether the Participant’s application
meets the requirements and limitations set forth in this Section 12. There shall be no discretion to grant or deny a loan application. The Company and the Association may jointly establish uniform procedures (not inconsistent with this
Section 12) for applying for a loan, which procedures shall be communicated to Participants in writing. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	12-4	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 UNITED AIRLINES 
 PILOT DIRECTED ACCOUNT PLAN 
 2002 RESTATEMENT 
 Exhibit A – Special Effective Dates 
 The following plan provisions are
effective prior to the Restatement Date: 
 Definitions 
 Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules ceased to apply in determining Earnings, Highly Compensated Employees and the Actual Deferral Percentage
Test. 
 The definition of “Leased Employee” in Section 1.4 is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
1997. 
 The definition of “Section 415 Wages” in Section 1.4 of the Plan is generally effective for Limitation Years beginning
on or after January 1, 1998. Effective for Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, Section 415 Wages includes amounts that are not included in the gross income of the employee by reason of Code Section 132(f)(4).

 ADP Testing 
 The Actual
Deferral Percentage Test under Section 3.2(a) was applied using the prior year testing method or the current year testing method as follows: 
  

			
	 Plan Year
	  	 Method

		
	12/1/97 – 11/30/98	  	current year
	12/1/98 – 11/30/99	  	current year
	12/1/99 – 11/30/00	  	current year
	12/1/00 – 11/30/01	  	current year
	12/1/01 – 12/31/01	  	current year

 Aggregate Defined
Contributions/Defined Benefit Plan Limitation 
 The combined benefit limitation of Section 12.2 of the Prior Plan for a Participant in
both a defined benefit pension plan and defined contribution plan of the Company and its Affiliates, as described in Code Section 415(e), ceased to be effective under the Plan for Limitation Years beginning on and after January 1, 2000.

  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	Exh. A-1	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 Distributions 
 Effective on and after January 1, 1997, the required beginning date and timing of distribution was changed for non-5% owners to April 1 following the later of (i) the year the employee
attains age 70 1/2, or (ii) the year in which
the employee experiences a Termination of Employment. 
  

					
	2002 Restated PDAP	 	Exh. A-2	 	Effective Beginning
	Original	 		 	January 1, 2002

 First Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of
the Company by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted November 6, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. Section 1.5 is amended by adding a new definition to read as follows: 
 “Independent Fiduciary. ‘Independent Fiduciary’ means Aon Fiduciary Counselors Inc., an independent investment advisor appointed by the Company to act as a ‘named
fiduciary’ (within the meaning of Section 402 of ERISA) with respect to the UAL Stock Fund.” 
 2.
Section 5.4(a) is amended by adding the following sentence after the first sentence in Section 5.4(a): 
 “In the
event investment activity in one of the foregoing investment funds is suspended and, in the case of the UAL Stock Fund, liquidation of the Participant’s investment is not otherwise authorized by the Independent Fiduciary, the charge will be
made to the next succeeding investment fund.” 
 3. Section 6.1(b)(vi) is amended and restated to read as follows:

 “(vi) UAL Stock Fund. Investments in the UAL Stock Fund are subject to the following: 
  

	 	(A)	The UAL Stock Fund shall consist primarily of common stock of UAL Corporation (the parent corporation of the Company) (‘UAL Stock’). The UAL Stock Fund shall
also include cash or short-term liquid investments in amounts designed to pay expenses and to maintain reasonable liquidity as UAL Stock is bought and sold. Each Participant’s proportional interest in the UAL Stock Fund, representing a
combination of shares, fractional shares and other assets in the Fund, shall be measured in units of participation. Dividends, if any, on the UAL Stock in the UAL Stock Fund will be credited to the Fund and will be used to purchase additional shares
of UAL Stock or will be invested temporarily in short-term fixed return investments. 

  

					
	1st Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	September 26, 2002
	Original	 		 	

	 	(B)	Notwithstanding clause (A), if the Independent Fiduciary reasonably determines that the fiduciary standards under ERISA require one or more of the following actions
with respect to the UAL Stock Fund, then the Independent Fiduciary may direct the Trustee to take such action(s): 

  

	 	(1)	suspend or limit Participant investment activity in the UAL Stock Fund (including such activity in connection with withdrawals, loans and distributions),

  

	 	(2)	impose special rules or restrictions of uniform application relating to the investments in and administration of the UAL Stock Fund, 

  

	 	(3)	disregard Participant directions, 

  

	 	(4)	terminate the UAL Stock Fund as an investment option under the Plan, 

  

	 	(5)	liquidate the UAL Stock Fund, 

  

	 	(6)	convert units in the UAL Stock Fund to allocated shares of UAL Stock, 

  

	 	(7)	limit or increase the Fund’s holding of cash or cash equivalents, 

  

	 	(8)	invest dividends received on UAL Stock in cash or cash equivalents, or 

  

	 	(9)	designate an alternative investment fund for the investment of the proceeds of UAL Stock pending further investment directions of the Plan Participants and
Beneficiaries. 

  

	 	(C)	Participants in the UAL Stock Fund will be entitled to direct the Trustee with respect to the voting and tender of full and fractional shares of UAL Stock allocated to
their Accounts subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Trust. 

  

	 	(D)	Investments in the UAL Stock Fund are subject to Section 6.8.” 

 4. Section 6.8(h) is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such section: 
 “In order to avoid exceeding the foregoing limit, the Company may adopt reasonable procedures to monitor and limit purchases of UAL Stock pursuant to Participant directions.” 
  

					
	1st Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	September 26, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 5. Section 6.8(i) is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such
Section: 
 “In addition, the Independent Fiduciary may take such other action with respect to the UAL Stock Fund as
permitted under Section 6.1(b)(vi).” 
 6. This First Amendment is effective as of September 26, 2002.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of                 , 2002. 
  

											
		 		 		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 
						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

	Reviewed and approved.	 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	 
						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	 
						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	1st Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	September 26, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 Second Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of
the Company by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted November 6, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The amendments made by paragraphs 10, 11, 12, and 13, below, are adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”), are
intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and are to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. 
 2. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended and restated, effective January 1, 2002, to read as follows: 
 “Earnings. The term ‘Earnings’ with respect to any Participant means the total cash compensation (determined before
deduction for the Participant’s Elective Deferral contributions under this Plan, the Participant’s elective contributions to the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots’ Flexible Spending Program or any other pre-tax earnings deferral elections
pursuant to a qualified cash or deferred arrangement, cafeteria plan or Section 132(f)(4) transportation fringe benefit plan) paid to him or her by the Company (whether paid before or after retirement, disability, death, or other termination of
employment), with respect to services he or she performed while classified as a Pilot and performed after becoming a Participant in accordance with Section 2.1, provided, however, that, Earnings will not include: (i) only for the purpose
of making Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 4.2 vacation pay received after the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company; (ii) contributions made or deemed to have been made by the Company on behalf of the
Participant to any qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan (except contributions made by reason of the Participant’s earnings reduction election under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement) or other employee benefit plan
(including but not limited to the Pilot Disability Income Plan or any other group disability plan), or any distribution or payment made or deemed to have been made to or on behalf of the Participant under any such plan; (iii) Company
contributions, except contributions made by reason of an earnings reduction election to, or credits under, a Code Section 125 cafeteria plan whether or not received by the Participant in cash; (iv) except as provided under a qualified cash
or deferred arrangement maintained by the Company,

  

					
	 2nd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 
compensation, the payment of which is deferred pursuant to an election of the Participant; (v) hiring bonuses or other special payments relating to initiation of employment, moving expenses,
relocation allowances, housing allowances, membership costs and dues, fees paid for employment referrals, prizes and awards (other than annual awards), expense reimbursement payments and allowances, pay for time on Furlough, and severance pay or
other special payments relating to termination of employment; (vi) any foreign service allowances, goods and services differential, hardship pay, and tax equalization payments paid to a Participant who is designated by the Company as an
expatriate, and any other special payments made in connection with such designation; (vii) amounts realized with respect to restricted stock, non-qualified stock options, or stock appreciation rights; and (viii) payments received for lost
employer contributions under a qualified retirement plan on account of compensation in excess of the Code Section 401(a)(17) limit. 
 The annual compensation of each Participant taken into account under the Plan for the Plan Year is limited to $200,000 (or such higher figure that reflects adjustments for changes in the cost of living
provided under Code Section 401(a)(17)). If Earnings for any prior Plan Year are taken into account in determining a Participant’s allocations or benefits for the current determination period, the Earnings for such prior Plan Year are
subject to the applicable limitation on Earnings in effect for that prior Plan Year. If the period for determining Earnings used in calculating a Participant’s allocation for a Plan Year is fewer than 12 months, other than on account of
mid-year commencement or cessation of active participation, the Earnings limitation shall be an amount equal to the $200,000 limitation (as adjusted for cost of living increase) multiplied by the fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
months in the short Plan Year, and the denominator of which is 12 months.” 
 3. Effective April 1, 2002,
Section 4.2(a) is amended by changing the maximum annual deferral rate from “50%” to “60%,” and adding the following sentence to the end of such Section: 
 “For the 2002 Plan Year, elective deferrals for any payroll period after April 1, 2002, may exceed 60% but not more than the
deferral percentage established by Plan Rules, provided the Participant’s annual deferral percentage does not exceed 60% for the 2002 Plan Year.” 
 4. Section 6.1(a)(ii) is amended by adding the word “Fund” to the end of the heading so that it reads “Short Term Bond Fund.” 
 5. Section 6.1(b)(vi)(F) is amended and restated to read as follows: 
 “(F) The recapitalization provided for in the Recapitalization Agreement will also result in the issuance by UAL
Corporation of cash in

  

					
	 2nd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 
exchange for old UAL Stock. To the extent Plan Participants participating in the UAL Stock Fund receive cash in connection with the recapitalization, that cash, when received by the Trustee, will
be invested in the Money Market Fund.” 
 6. Section 6.5 is amended and restated to read as follows: 
 “6.5 Investment of Accounts on Death of Participant. Upon notice to the Company of the death of a Participant or the death of a
Surviving Spouse maintaining Accounts under the Plan and a request for distribution, the Company shall notify the Trustee, and shall direct that the balances in the deceased individual’s Accounts that are not already invested in the Money
Market Fund be transferred, in full, to the Money Market Fund, where they shall remain until distributed in accordance with the Plan. If a Participant’s Beneficiary elects to maintain Accounts under the Plan following the Participant’s
death, then no automatic transfer will be made to the Money Market Fund and the Accounts will be subject to investment direction by the Beneficiary in accordance with Section 6. Accounts automatically transferred to the Money Market Fund
pursuant to this Section 6.5 will remain in the Money Market Fund until distributed in accordance with the Plan. The date of transfer to the Money Market Fund shall be the day following notification to the Trustee, and the Accounts shall be
valued as of the close of business (a) of the day of notification to the Trustee of the death of the Participant and request for distribution, or (b) of the fifth Business Day following the date of official notification to the Company of
the death of the Participant and request for distribution.” 
 7. Section 7.6(b) is amended and restated to read as
follows: 
 “(b) Each Participant or Beneficiary maintaining Accounts under the Plan, from time to time, by signing a form
approved by the Committee, may designate a Beneficiary, or change his or her designation, to whom his or her Accounts are to be paid if he or she dies before he or she receives all of his or her Accounts. A Beneficiary designation form will be
effective only when the form is filed with the Committee while the Participant (or, as applicable, the Beneficiary) is alive and will cancel all Beneficiary forms previously filed with the Committee.” 
 8. Section 7.6(e) is amended and restated to read as follows: 
 “(e) A Beneficiary maintaining Accounts under the Plan may designate another Beneficiary to receive the balance of the
Beneficiary’s Accounts upon such Beneficiary’s death, in which case, the Accounts will be paid to the designated Beneficiary of such Beneficiary in the form of an immediate lump sum. Upon the death of a Beneficiary (other than the
Participant’s Beneficiary in whose name Accounts are maintained under the Plan), any amounts remaining in such Accounts shall be paid to the Participant’s next succeeding Beneficiary determined in accordance with paragraphs
(b) through (d) above.” 
  

					
	 2nd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 9. Section 7.6(f) is amended and restated to read as follows: 
 “(f) The Participant’s Beneficiary will be entitled to receive payment of the Participant’s Account balance in any form
permitted under Section 7.3(a), subject to the requirements of Section 7.2(b) and (c). If the Beneficiary does not elect an immediate distribution in a lump sum, the Accounts will be maintained in the Beneficiary’s name and the
Beneficiary must direct investment of the Accounts in accordance with Section 6.” 
 10. Section 7.12 is amended
by adding the following language to the end of such Section: 
 “An eligible retirement plan includes an annuity contract
described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that
agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan will also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate
payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). No amount that is distributed on account of hardship will be an eligible rollover distribution, and the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a
distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. A portion of a distribution will not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross
income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that
agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is no includible.” 
 11. Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B)(3) is amended by changing “12 months” to “six months,” effective for
distributions made after September 17, 2001. 
 12. Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B) is amended by deleting
Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B)(4). 
 13. Section 10.1(b) is amended by adding the following sentence to the end of such
Section. 
 “The compensation limit referred to in this clause (b) will not apply to any contribution for medical
benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2) that is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition.” 
  

					
	 2nd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 14. Section 12.7(h) is amended and restated to read as follows: 
 “(h) Default on Loan. If any loan repayment installment (including repayment due upon acceleration) is not paid when due, the
Participant shall be allowed a grace period, beginning on the day after the date the loan repayment installment was due and ending on the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter within which the loan repayment installment was
due, within which to make such overdue loan repayment. If such overdue loan repayment installment is not paid upon expiration of the grace period, then the entire outstanding obligation on the loan shall be in default. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan to the contrary, as of the date of such default, the Trustee shall apply an amount from the Participant’s Accounts, up to 50% of the Participant’s vested Accounts, in satisfaction of the entire outstanding obligation
on the loan, but only to the extent such vested interest (or portion thereof) is then distributable under the terms of the Plan. If necessary to satisfy the entire outstanding obligation, such application of the Participant’s vested interest
may be executed in a series of actions as amounts credited to the Participant’s Account become distributable.” 
 15.
Except as otherwise provided herein, this Second Amendment is effective as of January 1, 2002. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this          day of                 , 2002. 
  

											
		 		 		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	 
						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	 2nd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

											
	Reviewed and approved.	 		 		 		 	
				
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	2nd Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2002
	Original	 		 	

 Third Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of
the Company by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted November 6, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. Section 4.1(a) is amended effective June 1, 2003, by amending and restating the first sentence to read as follows: 
 “For each calendar month, the Company will contribute, to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the
Funding Part, on behalf of each Participant, an amount equal in the aggregate to eleven percent (11%) of the Earnings received by him or her before June 1, 2003 and nine percent (9%) of the Earnings received by him or her on or after
June 1, 2003.” 
 2. Section 4.2(a) is amended effective January 6, 2003, by adding the following to the end
of such Section: 
 “Effective January 6, 2003, a Participant may make a supplemental Elective Deferral Contribution
from 1% to 90% of the Participant’s Earnings which are available after all other payroll deductions.” 
 3.
Section 4.2 of the Plan is amended to permit catch-up contributions effective January 1, 2003 by adding a new paragraph (g) to read as follows: 
 “(g) Catch-Up Contributions if Age 50 or Older. All employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferral
Contributions under this Plan and who have (or will have) attained age 50 before the close of a Plan Year will be eligible to make additional Elective Deferral Contributions for the Plan Year as catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject
to the limitations of, Code sections 414(v) and 402(g)(1)(C). Such catch-up contributions will not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of Code sections 402(g)(1)(B) and 415. The Plan
will not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or 416 by reason of such catch-up contributions.” 
  

					
	 3rd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2003
	Original	 		 	

 4. Section 4.3(a) is amended by adding the following language to the end of such
Section: 
 “A Participant’s right to make Voluntary Contributions to the Plan will be suspended from January 1,
2001 until January 1, 2004 in accordance with the Letter of Agreement between the Company and ALPA.” 
 5.
Section 12.1 of the Plan is amended as of July 1, 2003 by deleting the last sentence of such Section and inserting two sentences, in place of such sentence, to read as follows: 
 “A Participant may have only one loan outstanding at a time. A new loan will not be advanced until any outstanding loan has been paid in
full.” 
 6. Section 12.4 is amended and restated effective July 1, 2003 to read as follows: 
 “12.4 Fee for Loan. An administrative fee for each loan from the Plan to cover all administrative expenses in connection with the
loan, including the Trustee’s costs to send the check for the loan proceeds by overnight delivery, will be deducted from the principal amount of the loan. The amount of the fee will be (a) $90, or (b) such other amount as the Company
and the Association mutually determine, effective as of the date (which may not be retroactive) specified in the communications to the Participants.” 
 7. Section 12.5 is amended and restated effective July 1, 2003 to read as follows: 
 “12.5 Order of Depletion of Accounts for Loans. Loans will be funded by liquidating pro rata the Investment Funds held in the Participant’s Accounts (excluding the Individual Brokerage
Account) and shall be charged against the Participant's Accounts in the following order: 
  

	 	(a)	Company contributions and earnings in the Regular Contribution Account; 

  

	 	(b)	Rollover contributions and earnings in the Rollover Contribution Account; 

  

	 	(c)	Pre-tax contributions and earnings in the Elective Deferral Account; 

  

	 	(d)	Post-1986 Voluntary Contributions and earnings on pre-1987 and post-1986 Voluntary Contributions; 

  

	 	(e)	Pre-1997 Participant mandatory after-tax contributions in the Regular Contribution Account. 

 If a Participant’s loan application designates a loan amount which, together with the fee required under Section 12.4, cannot be
funded in full from the Participant’s interest in his or her Accounts invested in Investment Funds (excluding the Individual Brokerage Account), in accordance with the order of depletion set forth above (and while maintaining the minimum
investment in core Investment Funds required under Section 6.2(b)(ii)(B), if applicable), then such loan application will be denied. No loan will be funded from a Participant’s interest invested in the Individual Brokerage Account.”

  

					
	 3rd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2003
	Original	 		 	

 8. Section 12.7(g) of the Plan is amended and restated effective July 1, 2003 to
read as follows: 
 “(g) Prepayment. The entire loan balance may be prepaid, in full, without
penalty, at any time.” 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of             , 2003. 
  

											
		 		 		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	Reviewed and approved.	 		 		 	
				
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	 3rd Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2003
	Original	 		 	

 Fourth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officer of
the Company by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted November 6, 2001, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2004 by adding the following new subparagraph (ix) to the end of the last sentence in the first
paragraph: 
 “(ix) only for purposes of the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1, any award paid under the
Company’s Success Sharing Program – Performance Incentive Plan.” 
 2. Section 6.2(b) is amended effective
on and after January 1, 2004, to renumber subparagraph (iv) thereof as subparagraph (v), and to insert the following as new subparagraph (iv): 
 “(iv) With respect to the International Equity Fund only, a transaction fee shall be imposed with respect to each transaction to transfer assets into the International Equity Fund from any other
Investment Fund (including the transfer of assets from the Money Market Fund). The transaction fee imposed hereunder shall be in addition to any transaction fees imposed under subparagraph (iii) above. Transaction fees imposed hereunder shall
be due and paid to the International Equity Fund, and the amount of assets transferred into the International Equity Fund will be reduced by the amount of the transaction fee imposed hereunder. The Company and the Association shall mutually agree in
writing upon the amount of any transaction fees and the trades on which such transaction fees shall be imposed and any modification(s) to such determinations, provided the amount of any transaction fees imposed hereunder and the trades on which such
transaction fees shall be imposed, including any modifications thereto, are communicated to Participants before the effective date of such imposition or modification.” 
  

					
	 4th
 Amendment
	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2003
	Original	 		 	

 3. Section 7.3 is amended effective January 1, 2003 by adding a new paragraph
(d) to read as follows: 
 “(d) notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to distributions made on or after
January 1, 2003 the Plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code section 401(a)(9) in accordance with Section 7.16.” 
 4. A new Section 7.16 is added effective January 1, 2003 to read as follows: 
 “7.16 Minimum Distribution Requirement. 
 (a) General Rules. 
  

	 	(i)	Effective Date. The provisions of this Section 7.16 will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with
the 2003 calendar year. 

  

	 	(ii)	Precedence. The requirements of this Section will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 

  

	 	(iii)	Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury
regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9). 

 (b) Definitions. 
 Designated Beneficiary. The ‘Designated Beneficiary’ is the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary
under Sections 7.5 or 7.6 of the Plan and is the ‘designated beneficiary’ under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4. 
 Distribution Calendar Year. A ‘Distribution Calendar Year’ is the calendar year for which a minimum
distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant’s Required Beginning
Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 7.16(c)(ii). The required minimum distribution for the
Participant’s first Distribution Calendar Year will be made on or before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. The required minimum distribution for

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
other Distribution Calendar Years, including the required minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant’s Required Beginning Date occurs, will be made on
or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. 
 Life Expectancy. ‘Life
Expectancy’ means the life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations. 
 Participant’s Account Balance. The ‘Participant’s Account Balance’ is the account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the
Distribution Calendar Year (‘valuation calendar year’) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account Balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and
decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date. The Account Balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the
Distribution Calendar Year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 
 Required Beginning
Date. ‘Required Beginning Date’ means the date specified in Section 7.2(a)(ii) of the Plan. 
 (c) Time
and Manner of Distribution.  
  

	 	(i)	Required Beginning Date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the
Participant’s Required Beginning Date. 

  

	 	(ii)	Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed,
or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 

  

	 	(A)	 If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Surviving Spouse will begin
by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later. 

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	(B)	If there is a Designated Beneficiary (other than as described in paragraph (A) above), the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to the Designated
Beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. This paragraph will apply to all distributions, subject to the Designated Beneficiary’s right to elect to receive
distributions over his or her Life Expectancy under Section 7.16(c)(iv) below. 

  

	 	(C)	If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest
will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death. 

  

	 	(D)	If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary and the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant but before
distributions to the Surviving Spouse begin, this Section 7.16(c)(ii), other than paragraph (A) above, will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant. 

 For purposes of this Section 7.16(c)(ii) and Section 7.16(e), unless paragraph (D) above applies, distributions are
considered to begin on the Participant’s Required Beginning Date. If paragraph (D) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under paragraph (A) above. If
distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s Required Beginning Date (or to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse before the date distributions are
required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under paragraph (A) above), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 
  

	 	(iii)	 Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in
a single sum on or before the Required Beginning Date, as of the first Distribution Calendar Year distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 7.16(d) and (e). If the Participant’s interest is

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
Treasury regulations. 

  

	 	(iv)	Election of Life Expectancy Rule. Beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule in Section 7.16(c)(ii) or the life expectancy rule
in this Section 7.16(c)(iv) or Section 7.16(e)(ii) of the Plan applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a Designated Beneficiary. The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the
calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 7.16(c)(ii) of the Plan, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, Surviving
Spouse’s) death. If neither the Participant nor Beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Section 7.l6(c)(ii) and Section 7.16(e)(ii) of the Plan. A Designated Beneficiary who is
receiving payments under the 5-year rule may make a new election to receive payments under the life expectancy rule until December 31, 2003, provided that all amounts that would have been required to be distributed under the life expectancy
rule for all Distribution Calendar Years before 2004 are distributed by the earlier of December 31, 2003 or the end of the 5-year period. 

 (d) Required Minimum Distributions During Participant’s Lifetime. 
  

	 	(i)	Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed
for each Distribution Calendar Year is the lesser of: 

  

	 	(A)	the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg.
Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the Distribution Calendar Year; or 

  

	 	(B)	 if the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary for the Distribution Calendar Year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the number in the

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s
birthdays in the Distribution Calendar Year. 

  

	 	(ii)	Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this
Section 7.16(d) beginning with the first Distribution Calendar Year and up to and including the Distribution Calendar Year that includes the Participant’s date of death 

 (e) Required Minimum Distributions After Participant’s Death. 
  

	 	(i)	Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. 

  

	 	(A)	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the longer of the remaining Life Expectancy of
the Participant or the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as follows: 

  

	 	(1)	The Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

  

	 	(2)	 If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy of the Surviving Spouse
is calculated for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death using the Surviving Spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For Distribution Calendar Years after the year of the Surviving
Spouse’s death, the remaining Life Expectancy of the Surviving Spouse is calculated using the age of the Surviving Spouse as of the spouse’s

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 

  

	 	(3)	If the Participant’s Surviving Spouse is not the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated Beneficiary’s remaining Life Expectancy is
calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	(B)	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the
year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s Account
Balance by the Participant’s remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 

  

	 	(ii)	Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 

  

	 	(A)	Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a Designated Beneficiary, and the
Designated Beneficiary elects to receive distributions over his or her Life Expectancy, then the minimum amount that will be distributed for each Distribution Calendar Year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participant’s Account Balance by the remaining Life Expectancy of the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 7.16(e)(i). 

  

	 	(B)	No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	7	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	(C)	Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the
Participant’s Surviving Spouse is the Participant’s sole Designated Beneficiary, and the Surviving Spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the Surviving Spouse under Section 7.16(c)(ii)(A), this
Section 7.16(e)(ii) will apply as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant.” 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this             day of December, 2003. 
  

											
		  		  		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
		  		  		 	By:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Title:	 	  

	Reviewed and approved.	 		 	
				
	Dated:	  	  
	  		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
		  		  		 	By:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	  	  
	  		 	By:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		  		  		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	4th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	8	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Fifth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the "Company") by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the "Plan") and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company adopted
September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Committee” under Section 1.5 is amended and restated effective June 28, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “Committee. ‘Committee’ means the committee, if any, appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to
Section 8.2 to act as agent of the Company in performing the duties of Plan Administrator.” 
 2. The definition of
“Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2004 by amending subparagraph (ii) to read as follows: 
 “(ii) contributions made or deemed to have been made by the Company on behalf of the Participant to any qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan (except contributions made by reason of
the Participant’s earnings reduction election under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement) or other employee benefit plan (including but not limited to the Pilot Disability Income Plan, the short term disability policy for pilots, or any
other group disability plan), or any distribution or payment made or deemed to have been made to or on behalf of the Participant under any such plan.” 
 3. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is further amended effective January 1, 2005 by adding a new subparagraph (x) to read as follows: 
 “(x) only for purposes of the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1, any award paid under the UAL Corporation’s
Success Sharing Program – Profit Sharing Plan.” 
 4. The definition of “Rollover Contribution” under
Section 1.5 is amended and restated effective January 1, 2005 to read as follows: 
 “Rollover
Contribution. A ‘Rollover Contribution’ is an amount described in Code Section 402(c), 403(b)(8) or 408(d)(3) and shall include a direct rollover pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(31).” 
 5. Section 4.3 is amended effective January 1, 2004, by amending and restating the first sentence of subparagraph (a) to read
as follows: 
 “(a) Voluntary Contributions Permitted. Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below and all
other conditions and limitations of the Plan, a Participant may elect, at any time, to make voluntary after-tax contributions under the Plan for any future calendar month that he or she is a Participant hereunder in an amount such that his or her
Elective Deferral Contributions under Section 4.2 and his or her Voluntary Contributions (in multiples of one percent) do not in the aggregate exceed 60% of the Earnings paid to him or her during that month.” 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 6. Section 6.1(b)(iii) is amended effective June 1, 2004 by amending and restating
the last sentence to read as follows: 
 “The objective of the Small Cap Equity Fund is to invest in smaller capitalization
companies to provide return through capital appreciation and income.” 
 7. Section 6.2(b)(ii)(A) is amended and
restated effective September 7, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “(A) A transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account Option
may be made from any one or more Investment Funds.” 
 8. Section 6.2(b)(ii)(C) is amended and restated effective
September 7, 2004, to read as follows: 
 “(C) A transfer to the Individual Brokerage Account Option shall be made pro
rata from all of the Participant’s Accounts.” 
 9. Section 6.2(b)(iii) is amended effective January 1, 2004
by amending and restating the last two sentences of such Section to read as follows: 
 “The Company and the Association
shall mutually agree in writing upon the amount of any fees imposed hereunder, including any conditions or requirements affecting the amount of such fees, and any modification(s) to such fees, provided the amount of such fees and any conditions or
requirements impacting the amount of such fees, and any modifications thereto, are communicated to participants before the effective date of such imposition or modification.” 
 10. Section 6.2(b)(iii) is amended effective September 7, 2004 by adding a new sentence at the end thereof reading as follows:

 “Maintenance fees for an Individual Brokerage Account maintained under Section 6.1(d) may be deducted from the
Investment Funds (other than the Individual Brokerage Account) listed in Section 6.1 if so directed by the Participant in such form as may be specified from time to time by the Committee.” 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 11. Section 6.3(a) is amended effective September 7, 2004 by amending and
restating the last sentence to read as follows: 
 “To give directions by telephone, a Participant must identify himself or
herself on the telephone using both his or her personal identification number (‘PIN’) and his or her user identification (‘User ID’).” 
 12. Section 6.3(d) is amended and restated effective September 7, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “(d) A Participant may, at his or her option, permit any other person to give investment directions on the Participant’s behalf by using the Participant’s PIN and User ID. Any investment
directions given by a person other than the Participant, by using the Participant’s PIN and User ID, will be considered, for all purposes, to be directions given by the Participant. Neither the Company, the Committee, the Trustee, an investment
manager, the recordkeeper, nor any other non-Participant fiduciary shall be responsible or liable for any investment directions given by any person (or for any investment results therefrom), and the Participant shall indemnify such parties for any
liability or costs that they incur as a result of the Participant, or any other person using his or her PIN and User ID, giving any investment directions.” 
 13. Section 6.4(b) is amended and restated effective September 7, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “(b) A written confirmation of the transaction will be sent, within three Business Days from the date directions were given by the Participant, to the Participant at his or her home address or, if
the Participant so elects, to another address on file with the recordkeeper.” 
 14. Section 6.5 is amended effective
September 7, 2004 by amending and restating the last sentence thereof to read as follows: 
 “The date of transfer to
the Money Market Fund shall be the day following notification to the Trustee, and the Accounts shall be valued as of the close of business on the earlier of (a) the day of notification to the Trustee of the death of the Participant and request
for distribution, or (b) the tenth Business Day following the date of official notification to the Company of the death of the Participant and request for distribution.” 
 15. Section 7.3(a)(iv) is amended effective January 1, 2004 by amending and restating the second sentence thereof to read as
follows: 
 “He or she must designate the amount of the distribution to be made.” 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 16. Section 7.10 is amended effective September 7, 2004 by amending and restating
the second sentence of Section 7.10 to read as follows: 
 “For properly completed requests for distribution received
and approved before the 3:00 p.m. CST market cutoff on any Business Day, the amount of the distribution (or transfer to insurance company with respect to annuities) shall be based on the values of the Participant’s Accounts as of the close of
business on such Business Day, otherwise the amount of the distribution or transfer shall be based on the values of the Participant’s Accounts as of the close of business on the Business Day immediately following receipt and approval of the
request for distribution.” 
 17. Section 7.12 is amended effective September 7, 2004 by adding a new sentence to
the end thereof reading as follows: 
 “The distribution period for an installment distribution under
Section 7.3(a)(iii), for purposes of determining whether such distributions constitute an eligible rollover distribution, will be determined by assuming earnings equal to 120% of the applicable Federal mid-term rate under Code section
1274(d).” 
 18. Section 7.15(a) is amended effective January 1, 2004 by deleting the second sentence of such
Section. 
 19. Section 7.15(b) is amended and restated effective September 7, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “(b) Age 59 1
/2 Withdrawals. A Participant who has attained age 59 1/2 while continuing in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, may
elect, subject to Sections 7.4 and 7.5, to withdraw all or any portion of the balance in his or her Rollover Account (if any) and if the Rollover Account is completely depleted, all or any portion of the balance in his or her Elective Deferral
Account (if any), determined as of the effective date of the withdrawal.” 
 20. Section 8 is amended and
restated in its entirety effective June 28, 2004 to read as follows: 
 “Section 8 – PLAN
ADMINISTRATION 
 8.1 Plan Administrator. The authority to control and manage the
operation and administration of the Plan is vested in the Company. The Company is the ‘Plan Administrator’ as described in Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA. The Company shall be the ‘Named Fiduciary’ (as described in
Section 402 of ERISA) under the Plan. Except in cases where the Plan expressly requires action on behalf of the Company be taken by its board of directors, action on behalf of the Company may be taken by any person or persons, or committee, to
whom responsibilities for the operation and administration of the Plan are delegated by the Company, provided action of such person, persons or committee shall be within the scope of such delegation. 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 8.2 Committee Membership and Authority. The Company may, in its
discretion, appoint a committee to act as agent of the Company in performing the duties of Plan Administrator. In such case, the committee will consist of three or more persons appointed by the board of directors of the Company and shall be subject
to the following: 
 (a) The committee shall act by a majority of its then members by meeting or by writing filed
without meeting. 
 (b) A committee member may resign at any time by giving ten days’ advance written notice
to the Company and the other committee members. The Company may remove a committee member by giving advance written notice to him or her and the other committee members. 
 (c) The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the committee and shall give prompt written notice thereof to the
other committee members. While there is a vacancy in the membership of the committee, the remaining committee members shall have the same powers as the full committee until the vacancy is filled. 
 (d) A certificate of either the secretary to the committee or a majority of the members of the committee that the committee
has taken or authorized any action will be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate. 
 8.3 Powers and Duties of Plan Administrator. Subject to the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those vested in it elsewhere in the Plan:

 (a) To adopt, amend and rescind such rules, procedures and regulations as, in its opinion, may be necessary or
advisable for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the provisions of the Plan. 
 (b) To enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms and with such applicable rules and regulations as may be adopted by the Plan Administrator. 
 (c) To determine, in its sole discretion, all questions arising under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to
determine the rights or eligibility of employees or Participants and their Beneficiaries and their respective benefits, to recoup any benefits to which a Participant or his or her Beneficiary are not entitled, to interpret the provisions of the Plan
and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions. 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 (d) To maintain and keep adequate records concerning the Plan and concerning
the Plan Administrator’s proceedings and acts in such form and detail as the Plan Administrator may decide. 
 (e) To direct all payments of benefits under the Plan. 
 8.4 Delegation By Plan Administrator.
In exercising its authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and counsel (who may also be employed by or represent the Company) and may delegate to them or to other
individuals such powers as the Plan Administrator deems desirable. Any such delegation shall be in writing and shall fully describe the advice to be rendered or the functions and duties to be performed by the delegate, as well as the authority of
the delegate to perform such functions and duties. 
 8.5 Uniform Rules. In managing the Plan, the Plan
Administrator will uniformly apply rules and regulations adopted by it to all Participants similarly situated. 
 8.6 Information to be Furnished to Plan Administrator. The Company shall furnish the Plan Administrator with such data and information as may be required. The records of the Company as to an employee’s or Participant’s
period of employment, Termination of Employment and the reason therefor, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be the basis for administering the Plan, subject to the provisions of Section 9 of the Plan. Participants and other
persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish to the Plan Administrator such evidence, data or information as the Plan Administrator considers necessary or desirable to administer the Plan. 
 8.7 Exercise of Plan Administrator’s Duties. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Plan
Administrator, and any person or persons, or committee, to whom responsibilities are delegated hereunder shall discharge their respective duties hereunder solely in the interests of the Participants in the Plan and their beneficiaries, and:

 (a) for the exclusive purpose of: 
 (i) providing benefits to the Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and 
 (ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan; and 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 (b) with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances
then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims. 
 8.8 Remuneration and Expenses. No remuneration shall be paid by the Trust Fund to any employee of the Company who
performs any services or discharges any responsibilities in the operation or administration of the Plan. However, the reasonable expenses of the Plan Administrator incurred in the performance of a Plan administration function shall be paid by the
Trust Fund to the extent not reimbursed by the Company. 
 8.9 Notices. Except as otherwise specifically
provided in the Plan, any notice or document relating to the Plan required to be given to or filed with: 
 (a)
the Company, Pension Board (as described in Section 9) or the Plan Administrator shall be considered to be properly given or filed if delivered to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), 1200 East Algonquin Road, Elk Grove
Township, Illinois 60007, or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Company’s Pension Program Department (WHQTE), in care of the Company, at P.O. Box 66100, Chicago, Illinois 60666; 
 (b) the Association shall be considered to be properly given or filed if delivered, or mailed by registered mail, postage
prepaid, to the Members of the Pension Board appointed by the Association, with copies to the UAL MEC Chairman at 9550 West Higgings Road, Suite 1000, Rosemont, Illinois 60018, and the Director of the Retirement and Insurance Department at 535
Herndon Parkway, Herndon, VA 20170; 
 (c) an entity acting under the Funding Part, shall be given or filed in
accordance with the provisions of the applicable document or documents constituting the Funding Part. 
 8.10
Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it on behalf of the Plan considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper
party or parties. 
 8.11 Reliance. The Company, its officers and directors, the members of the Pension
Board, the members of any committee and the Association will be entitled to rely upon all tables, valuations, certificates and reports furnished by any duly appointed entity acting under the Funding Part, actuary and/or accountant and upon all
opinions given by any duly appointed legal counsel and/or investment counsel. 
 8.12 Top-Heavy
Provisions. The special rules of Code Section 416 applicable to “top-heavy” plans do not apply to the Plan pursuant to Code Section 416(i)(4).” 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	7	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 21. Section 12.2 is amended and restated effective September 7, 2004 to read as
follows: 
 “12.2 Amount of Loan. The amount of the loan will be designated by the Participant in an amount
that is not less than $1,000 and not more than $50,000; provided, that no loan will be made to a Participant if, immediately after such loan, the sum of the outstanding balances (including principal and interest) of all loans made to him or her
under this Plan and under any other qualified retirement plans maintained by the Company or Affiliate would exceed the lesser of: 
 (a) $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of (i) the highest outstanding balance of all loans to the Participant from the plans during the one-year period ending on the day immediately before the
date on which the loan is made, over (ii) the outstanding balance of loans from the plans to the Participant on the date on which such loan is made; or 
 (b) one-half of the value of the total vested balance of the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan as of the date the
loan is made.” 
 22. Section 12.4 is amended effective September 7, 2004 by amending and restating such Section
to read as follows: 
 “12.4 Fee for Loan. An administrative fee will be charged for each loan from the Plan to cover
all administrative expenses in connection with the loan. The fee will be added to the Participant’s loan amount subject to the maximum loan amount under Section 12.2. The amount of the fee will be: (a) $90, effective as of the date
loans are first made available under the Plan, or (b) such other amount as the Company and the Association mutually determine, effective as of the date (which may not be retroactive) specified in communications to the Participants. No fee will
be charged unless a loan is actually made.” 
 23. Section 12.5(e) is amended by changing “pre-1997” to
“Pre-1987” where it appears. 
 24. Section 12.7(e) is amended effective January 1, 2004 by amending and
restating the final sentence to read as follows: 
 “However, during any period when payroll deduction is not possible or
permitted under applicable law, repayment may be made by money order, certified check, cashier’s check or personal check.” 
  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	8	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed
on its behalf this 28th day of December, 2004. 

 

											
		 		 		 	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

		 		 		 		 		 	  

	  
 Reviewed and approved.

				
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

	Dated:	 	  
	 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	5th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	9	 	January 1, 2004
	Original	 		 	

 Sixth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
  

	 	1.	Section 4.1 of the Plan is amended effective as of January 1, 2005, by adding a new Section 4.1(c) to read as follows: 

 “(c) A Participant who dies while on a qualified military leave within the meaning of Code Section 414(u) will be treated as
reemployed as of the date of his death and the Company will contribute to the Plan and allocate to such Participant’s Account a Company contribution determined in accordance with Section 4.1(a) by treating such Participant as receiving
Earnings equal to the amount of Earnings he would have received but for his qualified military service. Any contribution made under this Section 4.1(c) will be treated, to the extent permitted under Code Section 414(u), as a contribution
required by reason of such Participant’s reemployment rights under federal law.” 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company
has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this          day of             , 2005. 
  

			
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		
	Name:	 	  

		
	Title:	 	  

 Reviewed and approved. 
  

									
		 		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

					
	Dated:	 	  
	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

 Seventh Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended effective December 3, 2005 to add the following to the list of exclusions in the first paragraph: 
 “(xii) any taxable distribution of UAL Stock pursuant to UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, whether or not made pursuant to the UAL Corporation Employee Stock Distribution Plan.” 
 2. Section 1.5 is amended effective December 31, 2005 by adding a definition for “UAL Stock” to read as follows: 
 “UAL Stock. ‘UAL Stock’ means the common stock of UAL Corporation authorized and issued in connection with UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of
the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.” 
 3. Section 4.1 is amended effective June 1, 2005 by adding a new
Section 4.1(d) to read as follows: 
 “(d) In addition to the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1(a),
the Company will contribute to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the Funding Part, on behalf of each Participant, an amount equal to six percent (6%) of the Participant’s Earnings, subject to the
following: 
 (i) the Company’s contribution under this Section 4.1(d) shall be limited to a
Participant’s Earnings paid (or which would have been paid but for an election under Code section 401(k), 125 or 132(f)) on or after June 1, 2005; 
 (ii) on the last Business Day of the calendar month in which occurs the effective date of the Company’s confirmed plan
of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the ‘Exit Date’) or, if later, five Business Days after the Exit Date, the Company

  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 
shall make its initial contribution under this Section 4.1(d) for each Participant’s Earnings from June 1, 2005 through the end of the calendar month which includes the Exit Date,
credited to the Plan Year to which the applicable Earnings relate; 
 (iii) following the Exit Date, the
Company’s contribution under this Section 4.1(d) will be made and credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 5.3(a).” 
 4. Section 4.1 is amended effective December 31, 2005 by adding a new Section 4.1(e) to read as follows: 
 “(e) For the Plan Years ending in 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Company may contribute UAL Stock or cash to any entity or
entities authorized to receive such contributions under the Funding Part on behalf of Participants under the Plan. The contribution made under this Section 4.1(e) shall be allocated to a Participant in the proportion that such
Participant’s Earnings for the Plan Year bears to the aggregate amount of Earnings for all Participants for the Plan Year, provided, such allocation, together with any prior allocations of UAL Stock or cash contributed under this
Section 4.1(e), does not cause a Participant’s allocations to exceed the amount of UAL Stock or cash determined to be available for the benefit of such Participant under the UAL Corporation Employee Equity Distribution Plan (as in effect
in December 31, 2005), a copy of which is attached to this Plan as Exhibit B. UAL Stock will be allocated to a Participant’s C Plan Account in whole shares only, with fractional shares allocated in the form of cash.” 
 5. Section 5.1 is amended effective December 31, 2005 by substituting “Section 4.1(a)” for “Section 4.1” in
Section 5.1(a)(i), by redesignating existing Sections 5.1(b) through (e) as Sections 5.1(c) through (f) respectively, and by inserting after existing Section 5.1(a) the following new Section 5.1(b): 
 “(b) The Committee will maintain a “C Plan Account” in the name of each Participant that will reflect the
Company contributions made on his or her behalf pursuant to Section 4.1(d) or (e).” 
 6. Section 5.3(a) is
amended and restated effective December 31, 2005 to read as follows: 
 “(a) Company contributions
under Section 4.1(a) will be credited to a Participant’s Regular Contribution Account as of the last Business Day of the month for which such contributions are required to be made. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1(d),
Company contributions under Section 4.1(d) shall be credited to a Participant’s C Plan Account not later than the last Business Day of the month for which such contribution is made. Company contributions made under Section 4.1(e)
shall be credited to a Participant’s C Plan Account as soon as administratively possible following receipt of the contribution by the Trustee.” 
  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 7. Section 5.4 is amended effective December 31, 2005 by striking the penultimate
sentence and substituting the following new sentence: 
 “Following depletion of the Participant’s Voluntary
Contribution sub-accounts, any remaining partial payment or withdrawal will be charged to his or her Rollover Contribution sub-accounts, next his or her Regular Contribution sub-accounts, next his or her C Plan sub-accounts, and finally his or her
Elective Deferral sub-accounts in the same order.” 
 8. Section 6.1(b)(vi) is amended effective December 31,
2005 by deleting Section 6.1(b)(vi)(E) and (F). 
 9. Section 6.2(a) is amended and restated effective
December 31, 2005 to read as follows: 
 “(a) Investment of Current Company Contributions, Current
Elective Deferral Contributions, Current Voluntary Contributions and Rollover Contributions. 
 (i) Each
Participant for whom the Company is making current Company contributions to his or her Regular Contribution Account, or current Company contributions in cash to his or her C Plan Account, or who is making Elective Deferral Contributions to his or
her Elective Deferral Account, or who is making current Voluntary Contributions to his or her Voluntary Contribution Account, or who is making a Rollover Contribution to his or her Rollover Account, may direct the investment of such current
contribution(s) among the Investment Funds set forth is Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the foregoing, investment of current Company contributions (including current cash contributions to the C Plan Account), current Voluntary Contributions and a
current Rollover Contribution in the Individual Brokerage Account Option is prohibited. 
 (ii) A Participant
must direct the apportionment of current Company contributions to the Participant’s Regular Contribution Account, or current cash contributions to his or her C Plan Account, current Elective Deferral Contributions, current Voluntary
Contributions, or a Rollover Contribution among the Investment Funds in increments of 1% of any such contribution. Directions with respect to apportionment of contributions may vary among the Participant’s Accounts under the Plan. 

(iii) Any Participant who fails to direct the investment of current Company contributions to the Participant’s
Regular Contribution Account,

  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 
or current cash contributions to the Participant’s C Plan Account, current Elective Deferral Contributions, current Voluntary Contributions, a Rollover Contribution, or any other
contribution, will be deemed to have directed investment of 100% of any such contribution in the Money Market Fund. 
 (iv) On any Business Day, a Participant may direct a change in the manner in which current Company contributions to his or her Regular Contribution Account, current cash contributions to his or her C Plan Account, current Elective Deferral
Contributions to his or her Elective Deferral Account, and current Voluntary Contributions to his or her Voluntary Contribution Account are apportioned among the Investment Funds. Apportionment of the current Company contributions to the
Participant’s Regular Contribution Account, current cash contributions to his or her C Plan Account, current Elective Deferral Contributions, or current Voluntary Contributions must be in increments of 1% of such contributions. 
 (v) A contribution of UAL Stock to a Participant’s C Plan Account under Section 4.1(d) will be held as an
investment in the Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account and on any Business Day the Participant may direct a change in the manner in which his or her Individual Brokerage Account is invested, subject to and in accordance with the rules and
procedures applicable to such Individual Brokerage Account.” 
 10. Section 6.8 is amended and restated effective
December 31, 2005 to read as follows: 
 “6.8 Investment in UAL Stock. Effective December 31, 2005,
investments in UAL Stock may only be made through a Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account.” 
 11.
Section 6.9 is amended and restated effective December 31, 2005 to read as follows: 
 “6.9 Investments in UAL
Stock. 
 (a) General Rule. There is no limitation on the maximum amount of UAL Stock that may be
acquired by this Plan. 
 (b) Investment of Contributions of UAL Stock. UAL Stock that is allocated to a
Participant’s Account under Section 4.1(e) will be invested in the Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account without regard to the limitations and requirements of Section 6.2(b)(ii).” 
  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 12. Section 7.3(a)(iv) is amended by redesignating existing Clauses (F) and
(G) as Clauses (G) and (H), and inserting immediately after existing Clause (E) the following new Clause (F): 
 “(F) Contributions to the C Plan Account and earnings, except for the UAL Stock Fund.” 
 13.
Section 10.2 is amended and restated effective June 1, 2005, to read as follows: 
 “10.2 Limitations on
Allocations; Adjustments. If, for any calendar year, a Participant in this Plan is also a participant in any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, allocations will be made first under this Plan and
then under such other defined contribution plan. If a Company or Participant contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the calendar year to exceed the
limitation under Section 10.1, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for the calendar year will equal the maximum amount that may be allocated under Section 10.1. Prior to determining the actual
amount of a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year, the Company may determine the maximum amount that may be contributed on behalf of a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant’s
Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year, provided the Company uniformly determines Section 415 Compensation for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the calendar year, the
maximum amount that may be allocated to a Participant’s Account under Section 10.1 will be determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year. If, as a result of a reasonable error
in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be made with respect to a Participant, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Internal Revenue
Service finds justify the adjustment rules set forth in this Section 10.2, the amount that would otherwise be credited under the Plan on behalf of a Participant for a calendar year that causes the limitation of Section 10.1 to be exceeded,
the Company will, to the extent necessary, treat the contributions as follows: 
 (a) first, refund the
Participant’s Voluntary Contributions including any earnings or gains accrued on such contributions; 
 (b)
second, refund the Participant’s Elective Deferrals (other than ‘Catch-up Contributions’ within the meaning of Code section 414(v)), including any earnings on such Elective Deferrals; 
 (c) third, reduce the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1(e) of this Plan, to be held in a suspense account
and reallocated among all Participants, in accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii) and Section 4.1(e); 
  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 (d) fourth, reduce the Company’s contributions under
Section 4.1(d), to be held in a suspense account and reallocated to the Participant in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(ii); and 
 (e) fifth, reduce the Company contributions under Section 4.1(a), to be held in a suspense account and reallocated in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(ii).” 
 14. Section 10.3(a) is amended by adding the following language to the end of such Section: 
 “Notwithstanding the foregoing, ‘Annual Addition’ does not include any Elective Deferrals that are treated as a ‘catch-up
contribution’ under Section 4.2(g).” 
 15. Section 12.5 is amended by redesignating existing Sections
12.5(b) through (e) as Sections 12.5(c) through (f) respectively and inserting the following new Section 12.5(b): 
 “(b) Contributions to the C Plan Account and earnings in the C Plan Account;” 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this              day of December, 2005. 
  

					
	 UNITED AIR LINES, INC.

		
	 By:
	 	  

			
		 	 Name:
	 	  

			
		 	 Title:
	 	  

  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 Reviewed and approved. 
  

											
		 		 		 	 AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL

					
	Dated:	 	December     , 2005	 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

						
	Dated:	 	December     , 2005	 		 		 		 	
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

						
		 		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	7th Amendment	 		 	Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	7	 	June 1, 2005
	Original	 		 	

 Exhibit B 
 UAL Corporation 
 Employee Stock Distribution Plan

  

	I.	Plan Purpose. 

 A.
General. In connection with the reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code of UAL Corporation (the “Company”) and its Affiliates (collectively “United”), United employees have agreed to relinquish
contractual rights, to reduce their pay rates and to change their work rules as part of the reorganization process in order to reduce costs and improve the Company’s financial position. The purpose of this Employee Stock Distribution Plan (the
“Plan”) is to establish the terms for issuing and allocating shares of common stock of the Company that are to be distributed to or on behalf of employees or former employees of United pursuant to the Company’s reorganization plan.

 B. Collective Bargaining. As it relates to Qualified Employees who are in the class or craft of employees covered by a
collective bargaining agreement with United pursuant to which the Employer has agreed to provide such Qualified Employees with participation in a profit sharing bonus plan, this Plan is maintained pursuant to such agreement. 
 C. Effective Date. The Plan will be effective upon the effective date of the Company’s plan of reorganization under
Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 
 D. Definitions. Unless otherwise specified, the capitalized terms under the
Plan have the meanings given below: 
 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the
Company. 
 Cause. “Cause” means (i) dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, or material and
deliberate injury or attempted injury, in each case related to the Employer or any affiliate or its businesses, (ii) unlawful or criminal activity of a serious nature that in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, is likely to have an adverse
effect on the Employer, any affiliate or its reputation, (iii) any willful and deliberate breach of a duty or habitual neglect of duty, or (iv) any breach of any confidentiality, non-compete or non-solicitation agreement with the Employer
or any affiliate, provided, in the case of a Collective Bargaining Employee, such basis for termination of employment is considered “cause” justifying termination under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 
 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including, when the context requires, all
regulations, interpretations and rulings issued thereunder). 
 Collective Bargaining Employee.
“Collective Bargaining Employee” means an employee who (i) is in the class or craft of employees subject to the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and the representative of such class or craft of
employees, and (ii) is on the Employer’s United States payroll. 

 Committee. “Committee” means the Human Resources
Subcommittee of the Board or such other committee appointed by the Board to exercise the powers and perform the duties assigned to the Human Resources Subcommittee under this Plan. 
 Company. “Company” means UAL Corporation. 
 Disability. “Disability” means the Employee has been determined to be disabled under the Employer’s
long-term disability plan in which such Employee participates or by the Company pursuant to Plan Rules. 
 Employee Group. “Employee Group” means one of the groups of Qualified Employees described in Section II.A. 
 Employer. “Employer” means the Company, United Air Lines, Inc., Mileage Plus, Inc., Ameniti Travel Clubs, Inc., and UAL Loyalty Services, Inc. 
 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as from time to time amended,
including any related regulations. 
 Foreign Plan. “Foreign Plan” means an individual account,
tax-favored savings plan maintained by the Company on behalf of certain Qualified Employees in the AFA Group who are domiciled outside of the United States and not subject to U.S. federal income taxation. 
 Furlough. “Furlough” means a Qualified Employee’s termination of employment with the Employer in
connection with which such Qualified Employee has reemployment rights, or is classified by the Employer as on “furlough status,” or, in the case of a Collective Bargaining Employee, such other employment action as may be defined as a
“furlough” in the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 
 Pilot Seniority List.
“Pilot Seniority List” means the United Airlines pilot system seniority list as of May 1, 2003. 
 Plan Rules. “Plan Rules” means rules, procedures, policies or practices established by the Company (or the Committee) with respect to the administration of the Plan, which need not be reflected in a written instrument and
may be changed at any time without notice. 
 Plan Year. “Plan Year” means the 12-month period
that corresponds to the Company’s fiscal year. 
 Qualified AMFA Employee. “Qualified AMFA
Employee” means an individual employed on or after May 1, 2003 by an Employer who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the
mechanics collective bargaining agreement between

  

 2 

 
United and the Aircraft Mechanics Fraternal Association (“AMFA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause and not reinstated prior to the first distribution made under this
Plan. 
 Qualified Employee. “Qualified Employee” means an employee who is a Qualified Flight
Attendant Employee, Qualified Pilot Employee, Qualified SAM Employee, Qualified AMFA Employee, Qualified IAM Employee, Qualified PAFCA Employee or Qualified TWU Employee. 
 Qualified Flight Attendant Employee. “Qualified Flight Attendant Employee” mean an employee of an Employer
who, on December 30, 2005, or earlier termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between United and the Association of Flight Attendants (“AFA”), other than an
employee whose employment terminated on account of his or her death, Retirement, voluntary termination or termination for Cause, and who was on the Flight Attendant seniority list on December 30, 2005. 
 Qualified IAM Employee. “Qualified IAM Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer on or after
May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the security officers, food service, ramp and stores, fleet technical
instructors and related employees, maintenance instructors or public contact collective bargaining agreements between United and the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, District 141 (“IAM”), other than an
employee who voluntarily terminated employment or who was terminated for Cause. 
 Qualified PAFCA
Employee. “Qualified PAFCA Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer on or after May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or
craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the Professional Airline Flight Control Association (“PAFCA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause. 
 Qualified Pilot Employee. “Qualified Pilot Employee” means any pilot who was on the Pilot Seniority List,
excluding any “management pilot” or “flight management employee” who, as of December 31, 2005, was in a “J-Level” job classification or higher and is a Qualified SAM Employee. In addition, the four pilots who died
in connection with the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001 shall be treated as Qualified Pilot Employees and, for purposes of the distribution of Shares allocable to the ALPA Group pursuant to Exhibit B, shall be treated as though they were
continuously in the active service of the Employer through December 31, 2009. 
 Qualified Plan.
“Qualified Plan” means the individual account retirement plan, intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code, that is maintained for the benefit of a Qualified Employee. 
 Qualified SAM Employee. “Qualified SAM Employee” means an individual who

  

 3 

 
was employed by the Employer on December 31, 2005, or who was on Furlough on December 31, 2005 and who on December 31, 2005 (or earlier termination) was (i) classified (on
other than a temporary reclassification basis) by the Employer as a “management employee” (including a “management pilot” or “flight management employee” who, on December 31, 2005 was in a “J-Level” job
classification or higher) or a “salaried employee”, (ii) employed for an indefinite period (whether full-time or part-time), (iii) employed in an Employer established job classification not covered by a collective bargaining
agreement, and (iv) on the Employer’s U.S. payroll. 
 Qualified TWU Employee. “Qualified
TWU Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer on or after May 1, 2003 who, on December 31, 2005, or earlier death, Disability, Retirement or termination of employment, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the
collective bargaining agreement between United and the Transport Workers Union of America (“TWUA”), other than an employee who was terminated for Cause. 
 Retirement. “Retirement” means the Qualified Employee has retired in accordance with the Employer’s
employment policies and regulations. 
 Shares. “Shares” means the shares of common stock of the
Company to be issued on behalf of the Employee Groups described in Section II.B pursuant to the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 
 Wages. “Wages” shall include the items listed in Appendix A as included in Wages. Wages will include
compensation not paid as a result of an earnings reduction election made by the Qualified Employee under a Code Sec. 125 cafeteria plan or under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Sec. 401(k). “Wages” will not
include the items of compensation or other payments listed in Appendix A as excluded from Wages. 
  

	II.	Participation. 

  

	 	A.	Employee Groups. Based on an individual’s classification as either a Qualified Flight Attendant Employee, a Qualified Pilot Employee, a Qualified AMFA
Employee, a Qualified IAM Employee, a Qualified PAFCA Employee, a Qualified SAM Employee or a Qualified TWU Employee, such individual will be assigned to one of the following Employee Groups: 

  

	 	1.	AFA Group. The AFA Group includes all Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. 

  

	 	2.	ALPA Group. The ALPA Group includes all Qualified Pilot Employees. 

  

	 	3.	AMFA Group. The AMFA Group includes all Qualified AMFA Employees. 

  

	 	4.	IAM Group. The IAM Group includes all Qualified IAM Employees. 

  

 4 

	 	5.	PAFCA Group. The PAFCA Group includes all Qualified PAFCA Employees. 

  

	 	6.	SAM Group. The SAM Group includes all Qualified SAM Employees. 

  

	 	7.	TWU Group. The TWU Group includes all Qualified TWU Employees. 

  

	 	B.	Employee Classifications. The designation of an individual as an employee of an Employer within the meaning of the Plan, or as a person who is not an employee of
an Employer or as being within a particular employee classification will be conclusive for all purposes of this Plan. For purposes of this Plan, a temporary reclassification or special assignment will be disregarded for purposes of determining a
Qualified Employee’s classification. No reclassification of an individual as an employee of an Employer, whether by judicial or administrative action or otherwise, will be effective to qualify the individual as a Qualified Employee under this
Plan except as the Company agrees, and no reclassification will be given retroactive effect, except as the Company agrees. 

  

	III.	Distribution and Allocation of Shares. 

  

	 	A.	Allocation. Shares will be allocated to each Employee Group in accordance with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Act. Each individual assigned to an Employee Group will be entitled to receive his or her percentage allocation of the Shares allocated to such Employee Group based on the allocation formula for such Employee Group set forth in the applicable
Exhibit attached hereto. 

  

	 	B.	Distribution.  

  

	 	1.	Time of Distribution. Distributions will be made in accordance with the Company’s approved plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy
Code. 

  

	 	2.	Contribution to Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan. To the extent allowed by limitations imposed by law on contributions to the Employer’s Qualified Plan or
Foreign Plan and allocations thereunder for the benefit of a Qualified Employee, the Employer will contribute the Shares allocable to a Qualified Employee to the Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan for the benefit of such Qualified Employee. In the event
Shares are contributed to a Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan for the benefit of a Qualified Employee but cannot subsequently be allocated to such Qualified Employee’s account under the Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan, the Qualified Employee will
receive a direct distribution of cash in lieu of such Shares. 

  

	 	3.	Direct Distribution. To the extent that the Employer is unable to contribute Shares to a Qualified Plan or a Foreign Plan for the benefit of a Qualified
Employee, such Shares shall be distributed directly to the Qualified Employee. 

  

 5 

	 	a.	Rabbi Trust. The Shares will, if necessary, be transferred to the trustee of a Rabbi trust for the purpose of liquidating, on an orderly basis, a sufficient
number of Shares to satisfy the Employer’s obligation to withhold taxes from the distribution. 

  

	 	b.	Withholdings. The Employer (or any other person legally obligated to do so) shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax, payroll tax or
other tax that the payer reasonably determines is required to be withheld under applicable law with respect to the amount to be withheld. 

  

	 	c.	Fees. Distributions to a Qualified Employee will be offset for all fees associated with the distribution of the Shares, including, but not limited to, fees
incurred to liquidate Shares to satisfy tax withholdings, account set-up costs, fees incurred to transfer stock to a broker and commissions. 

  

	 	4.	Death. Unless otherwise provided in the allocation formula Exhibit for an Employee Group, distribution to a deceased Qualified Employee will be made as follows:

  

	 	a.	In the event a Qualified Employee who is entitled to receive a direct distribution Shares dies prior to distribution, the distribution will be made to the Qualified
Employee’s heirs determined pursuant to the applicable laws of inheritance or descent. 

  

	 	b.	Any allocation of Shares made on behalf of a Qualified Employee under a Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan will be distributed in accordance with the terms of such
Qualified Plan or Foreign Plan. 

  

	 	5.	Fractional Shares. A distribution to or on behalf of a Qualified Employee that is less than a whole Share will be retained and accumulated by the Company until a
whole Share can be distributed or until all Shares have been issued in connection with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, in which case, each Qualified Employee’s right to any fractional
share held by the Company will be forfeited and the Company shall retain the fractional Share. 

  

	IV.	Plan Administration. 

 The Company or its
delegate has the authority and responsibility to manage and control the general administration of the Plan, except as to matters expressly reserved in the Plan to either the Board or the Committee. Determinations, decisions and actions of the
Company or, if applicable, the Committee, in connection with the construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding upon any Qualified Employee and any person claiming under or through the
Qualified Employee. No employee of an Employer, any member of the Board, any delegate of the Board, or any member of the Committee will be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award
made under the Plan. 
  

 6 

	V.	Amendment or Termination. 

 The Plan may
at any time be amended, modified, suspended or terminated, as the Board in its sole discretion determines. Such amendment, modification, or termination of the Plan will not require any notice or the consent, ratification, or approval of any party,
including any Qualified Employee who is then eligible to participate in the Plan. 
  

	VI.	Miscellaneous. 

 A.
Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the Plan and any rules, regulations and actions relating to the Plan will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the
United States and the State of Illinois, notwithstanding the conflicts of law principles of any jurisdiction. 
 B. Conflict.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, the Plan Rules or Plan administration, the Employer’s obligations to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be governed by the applicable collective bargaining agreements, and any
conflict between the terms of the Plan, the Plan Rules or Plan administration and the applicable bargaining agreements with respect to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be resolved in favor of the Employer’s obligations under the applicable
collective bargaining agreements. 
  

 7 

 Appendix A 
 Wages 
 A-1. Inclusions. The following items are
included in the definition of Wages: 
  

	 	•	 	 base pay 

  

	 	•	 	 overtime pay 

  

	 	•	 	 holiday pay 

  

	 	•	 	 longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 sick pay 

  

	 	•	 	 lead/purser/service director pay 

  

	 	•	 	 high skill premium/longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 language premium 

  

	 	•	 	 international and night flying premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	 pay for time taken as vacation 

  

	 	•	 	 payment for accrued vacation not taken as vacation when paid on account of (i) a leave or (ii) a termination of employment due to a reduction
in force or for military leave 

  

	 	•	 	 shift differential pay 

  

	 	•	 	 back pay (other than judicial or administrative awards of grievance pay or back pay or settlement thereof) 

  

	 	•	 	 delayed activation pay 

  

	 	•	 	 bypass pay 

  

	 	•	 	 check pilot premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	 double town salary expense 

  

	 	•	 	 senior/junior manning pay 

  

	 	•	 	 operational integrity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 temporary reclass pay 

  

	 	•	 	 Hawaiian override 

 A-2.
Exclusions. The following items are excluded in the definition of Wages: 
  

	 	•	 	 deferred compensation (other than pursuant to Code Sec. 125 or 401(k)) 

  

	 	•	 	 moving expense and similar allowances 

  

	 	•	 	 KERP I and KERP II awards 

  

	 	•	 	 performance incentive awards, profit sharing awards or sales incentive awards 

  

	 	•	 	 expense reimbursements and per diems 

  

	 	•	 	 severance, termination pay and related payments 

  

	 	•	 	 payment for accrued vacation time not taken as vacation when paid on account of termination of employment, other than on account of a reduction in
force or for a military leave 

  

	 	•	 	 disability and workers compensation payments 

  

	 	•	 	 duty-free commissions 

  

	 	•	 	 recognition lump sums 

  

	 	•	 	 flight expense 

  

 Appendix A-1 

	 	•	 	 retropay created by execution of a collective bargaining agreement, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires inclusion

  

	 	•	 	 reimbursable cleaning 

  

	 	•	 	 Employer contributions to employee benefit plans 

  

	 	•	 	 solely for purposes of making an award payment under this Plan, judicial or administrative awards for grievance pay or back pay (including settlements
thereof) 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income for employee or dependent life insurance coverage 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income from pass service charges 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable travel 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income from domestic partner benefits 

  

	 	•	 	 cash payments made pursuant to any agreement, program, arrangement or plan designed to compensate an employee for amounts that may not be credited or
allocated to the employee under a qualified retirement plan due to limitations imposed by tax laws 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable fringe benefits, including taxable reimbursement of insurance premiums 

  

	 	•	 	 expatriate allowances 

  

	 	•	 	 hiring bonuses or other special payments relating to the initiation of employment 

  

	 	•	 	 amounts realized with respect to restricted stock, non-qualified stock options or stock appreciation rights 

  

	 	•	 	 lost luggage advance 

  

	 	•	 	 interest payments 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable distribution of UAL common stock in connection with UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Act 

 A-3. Special Crediting Rule. Wages earned by a Qualified Employee but received following
termination of employment will be treated as received on the Qualified Employee’s last day of employment with the Employer. 
  

 Appendix A-2 

 Exhibit A 
 AFA Group 
 Each Qualified Flight Attendant Employee assigned
to the AFA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group determined as follows: 
 1.
Foreign Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. For all Qualified Flight Attendants who are domiciled outside of the United States and who are not entitled to have compensation deferred under a qualified 401(k) plan, Shares that would otherwise
be allocable to such Qualified Employees will be held back by the Company for a period not to exceed six months following the Effective Date. At the end of the six month period, such Qualified Flight Attendant Employees will receive a distribution
and allocation of their allocable Shares in accordance with Section III.B. of the Plan. 
 2. Allocation Formula.

 (a) Tranche 1. One-third of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group will be allocated among Qualified
Flight Attendant Employees on a per capita basis determined by dividing such one-third amount by the number of Qualified Flight Attendant Employees. 
 (b) Tranche 2. Two-thirds of the Shares allocated to the AFA Group will be allocated among Qualified Flight Attendant Employees based on each Qualified Flight Attendant Employee’s pro rata
percentage equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified Flight Attendant Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 30, 2005 to (ii) the total amount of Wages for all Qualified Flight Attendant Employees
for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 30, 2005. 
  

 Exhibit A-1 

 Exhibit B 
 ALPA Group 
 Each Qualified Pilot Employee shall be entitled to
receive a portion of the Shares allocated to the ALPA Group (or cash in lieu of such Shares) determined as follows: 
 1. Furloughs and Recalls. For purposes of this Exhibit B, a “Furloughed Pilot” is any Pilot on the Pilot Seniority List who is reflected as being on Furlough as of May 1, 2003, or
who was furloughed subsequent to that date. Subject to adjustment for recalls as hereinafter provided, five per cent (5%) of the Shares allocated to the ALPA Group shall be distributed per capita to those Qualified Pilot Employees who are
Furloughed Pilots; provided, however, that any Furloughed Pilot who is recalled, accepts recall and either reports for indoctrination and training prior to January 1, 2006, or has a “class date” which is earlier than February 1,
2006, shall receive an allocation of Shares under paragraph 2 below and the Shares that would otherwise have been allocated to such recalled Furloughed Pilot under this paragraph 1 shall be assigned to the pool of Shares to be allocated under
paragraph 2. The pool of Shares to be allocated to Furloughed Pilots under this paragraph 1 shall be further reduced and assigned to the pool of Shares to be allocated under paragraph 2 if and to the extent necessary so that the number of Shares
allocated under paragraph 2 to any recalled Furloughed Pilot who has not retired, died or otherwise incurred a termination of employment prior to January 1, 2006, and whose 60th birthday is not earlier than January 1, 2010, is not less than the number of Shares that would have been
allocated to such Furloughed Pilot under this paragraph 1. 
 2. Active Pilots. The balance of the Shares allocable to
the ALPA Group after providing for the distributions to Furloughed Pilots under paragraph 1 shall be distributed to the remaining Qualified Pilot Employees (the “Active Pilots”), including recalled Furloughed Pilots who are treated as
Active Pilots for this purpose, as follows: 
 (a) First, the Shares will be assigned to each Active Pilot so
that the most senior Active Pilot is assigned a number of Shares which is, as nearly as is mathematically possible, allowing for rounding and elimination of fractional Shares as provided in paragraph 2(d), two hundred per cent (200%) of the
number of Shares assigned to the most junior Active Pilot and each other Active Pilot is assigned a number of Shares between 100% and 200% of the shares received by the most junior Active Pilot based on a straight line progression formula in order
of seniority. 
 (b) Next, in the case of any Active Pilot (including any recalled Furloughed Pilot) who, as of
December 31, 2005 (i) has retired (whether such retirement was at or before the Pilot’s Normal Retirement Date); or (ii) has not yet retired but will attain age 60 on or before December 31, 2009; or (iii) has resigned,
died or otherwise incurred a termination of employment, the Shares assigned to such Active Pilot under paragraph 2(a) above shall be adjusted by multiplying such Shares by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months of such Active
Pilot’s actual and projected active service between May 1, 2003 and the last day of the month in which occurs the earliest of such Active Pilot’s retirement, 60th birthday, resignation, death or other termination of

  

 Exhibit B-1 

 
employment (excluding from such active service any full months between such Active Pilot’s furlough date and recall class date), and the denominator of which is 80. The Active Pilots,
including recalled Furloughed Pilots, described in this paragraph 2(b) shall be entitled to receive the adjusted number of Shares determined under this paragraph 2(b). 
 (c) The Shares that are not distributable to the Active Pilots and recalled Furloughed Pilots described in paragraph 2(b)
because of the adjustment required by that paragraph shall be allocated to those Active Pilots whose entitlement to Shares is not subject to adjustment under paragraph 2(b), in the same manner as the preliminary assignment of Shares made under
paragraph 2(a) by only taking into account the Active Pilots whose entitlement is not subject to adjustment under paragraph 2(b). The number of Shares allocated to each Active Pilot not subject to paragraph 2(b) is the sum of his or her assigned
Shares determined under paragraph 2(a) and his or her allocation determined under this paragraph 2(c). 
 (d) In
accordance with the Company’s plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, any fractional Shares allocated to the ALPA Group as a whole shall be reserved and accumulated until the final distribution, at which time the
remaining fractional Share shall be retained by the Company. The computations under paragraph 2(a), (b) and (c) of Shares to which Qualified Pilot Employees are entitled shall be carried to at least three decimal places and shall be
rounded up to the next higher full Share for fractional entitlements equal to or in excess of 0.500 and down for fractional entitlements less than 0.500, so that each Qualified Pilot Employee shall receive a distribution in full Shares only.

 (e) Shares distributable hereunder to a deceased Qualified Pilot Employee shall be distributed to the
beneficiaries of such deceased Qualified Pilot Employee determined in accordance with Section 7.6 of the Pilot Directed Account Plan, without regard to Section 7.6(c). 
 4. Cash in Lieu of Stock. If, and to the extent, that ALPA sells, assigns or otherwise disposes of all or any portion of its claim in
the Employer’s pending Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Claim”) at or prior to the date the Employer’s confirmed plan of reorganization becomes effective (the “Exit Date”), then: 
 (a) Any Shares that relate to that portion of the Claim that is sold or assigned shall be distributed to the appropriate
assignee rather than the affected Qualified Pilot Employees who would otherwise be entitled to receive such Shares. 
 (b) The Employer shall distribute cash to or on behalf of the affected Qualified Pilot Employees, in lieu of the Shares otherwise distributable to them hereunder, in an amount equal to the portion of the proceeds of such sale or assignment
attributable to such Employee’s respective interests in the Claim and related Shares. 
 (c) Cash to be
distributed to Qualified Pilot Employees in lieu of Shares shall be distributed at the same time as the initial distribution of Shares is made under this Plan. 
  

 Exhibit B-2 

 Exhibit C 
 IAM Group 
 Each Qualified IAM Employee assigned to the IAM
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the IAM Group determined by the ratio that each Qualified IAM Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005 bears to the total
Wages for all Qualified IAM Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 
  

 Exhibit C-1 

 Exhibit D 
 AMFA Group 
 Each Qualified AMFA Employee assigned to the AMFA
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the AMFA Group determined as follows: 
 1.
Tranche 1. Eighty-four and forty-four one-hundredths percent (84.44%) of the Shares allocated to the AMFA Group will be allocated among Qualified AMFA Employees based on each Qualified AMFA Employee’s pro rata percentage determined
as the ratio that the Qualified AMFA Employee’s Wages, less overtime pay, for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005 bears to the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay, for all Qualified AMFA Employees for the period
from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 
 2. Tranche 2. Fifteen and fifty-six one hundredths percent
(15.56%) of the Shares allocated to the AMFA group will be allocated among Qualified AMFA Employees based on each Qualified AMFA Employee’s pro rata percentage equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified AMFA Employee’s Wages, less
overtime pay, for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, to (ii) the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay for all Qualified AMFA Employees for the period from January 1, 2005 through December 31,
2005. 
  

 Exhibit D-1 

 Exhibit E 
 PACFA Group 
 Each Qualified PACFA Employee assigned to the
PACFA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the PACFA Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified PACFA Employee’s Wages for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005 to
(ii) the total amount of Wages for all Qualified PACFA Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 
  

 Exhibit E-1 

 Exhibit F 
 TWU Group 
 Each Qualified TWU Employee assigned to the TWU
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the TWU Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified TWU Employee’s Wages, less overtime pay, for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005,
to (ii) the total amount of Wages, less overtime pay, for all Qualified TWU Employees for the period from May 1, 2003 through December 31, 2005. 
  

 Exhibit F-1 

 Exhibit G 
 SAM Group 
 Each Qualified SAM Employee assigned to the SAM
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Shares allocated to the SAM Group equal to the ratio of (i) the Qualified SAM Employee’s Wages, plus any success sharing program-performance Incentive Plan payments, for the period
from January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, to (ii) the total amount of Wages, plus any success sharing program-performance Incentive Plan payments, for all Qualified SAM Employees for the period from January 1, 2005 through
December 31, 2005. 

 Eighth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. Section 1.5 is amended effective August 1, 2006 by adding the following defined term: 
 “Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds. The Company contribution made pursuant to Section 4.1(f) of this Plan.” 
 2. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended effective August 1, 2006 by adding the following new
subparagraph (xiii) to the list of exclusions in the first paragraph: 
 “(xiii) any taxable
distribution of the proceeds generated from the sale of UAL convertible notes issued pursuant to UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.” 
 3. Section 4.1(d) is amended effective January 1, 2006 by adding the following new subparagraph (iii) to read as follows:

 “(iii) The Company contribution under this section 4.1(d) will be treated as a nonelective contribution
within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(12)(C) for purposes of satisfying the design based safe harbor 401(k) plan requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12).” 
 4. Section 4.1(e) is amended effective January 1, 2006 by adding the following new sentence to the end thereof: 
 “The Company contribution under this section 4.1(e) will be treated as a nonelective contribution within the meaning of
Code Section 401(k)(12)(C) for purposes of satisfying the design based safe harbor 401(k) plan requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12).” 
 5. Section 4.1 is amended effective August 1, 2006 by adding a new Section 4.1(f) to read as follows: 
 “(f) In addition to the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1(a), for the Plan Years ending in 2006 and
2007, the Company will make a special

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
contribution to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the Funding Part, on behalf of each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation of proceeds
generated from the sale of convertible notes issued by UAL Corporation pursuant to the terms of the UAL Corporation Convertible Notes Plan of Allocation and Distribution, attached as Exhibit C. 
 The Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds will be allocated in accordance with the terms of Exhibit C and will be allocated
to a Participant’s C Plan Account. 
 In order to ensure that any such contribution shall not exceed the
limits contained in Section 10 or any other limitation applicable under the Plan or the Code, the Company Contributions of Notes Proceeds may be made in more than one increment over the course of the applicable Plan Year and after the close of
the Plan Year, but prior to March 15, 2007; provided, however, that contributions on behalf of Eligible Employees who, at the time of the distribution, are on leave due to qualified military service (as defined in
Section 414(u)(5) of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) and the regulations issued thereunder) may be made after this date as necessary to comply with USERRA. 
 The Company contribution under this section 4.1(f) will be treated as a nonelective contribution within the meaning of Code
Section 401(k)(12)(C) for purposes of satisfying the design based safe harbor 401(k) plan requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12).” 
 6. Section 4.2(d) is amended effective August 1, 2006 to read as follows: 
 “(d) Plan Administrator Discretion to Reduce or Revoke Elective Deferral Contributions or Recharacterize as “Catch-Ups”. The Plan Administrator may, at any time during the Plan Year,
(i) decrease a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions by even multiples of one percent; or (ii) revoke a Participant’s election to make Elective Deferral Contributions; or (iii) with respect to a Participant who is
eligible to make “catch-up” contributions pursuant to Section 4.2(g), characterize a Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions as “catch-up” contributions, if the Plan Administrator has determined that unless such
contributions are reduced, revoked, or characterized as “catch up”, the additions to the Participant’s Account under the Plan will exceed the Deferral Limit or the limitation under Section 10.1 for the calendar year.”

 7. Section 4.5 is amended effective January 1, 2006 by striking the first sentence thereof and replacing it with
the following: 
 “The following provisions of this Section 4.5 shall apply to the extent necessary to
satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements set forth in Code Section 401(k) for any Plan Year in which the Plan ceases to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) during the Plan Year by reason of an amendment to the

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
Plan. Any amendment to the Plan that eliminates the safe harbor contributions for a Plan Year shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of the Plan and applicable law.” 
 8. Section 4.5(d) is amended effective August 1, 2006 by striking the last two sentences and by replacing the first sentence with
the following: 
 “Excess Contributions, if any, attributed to a Participant for a Plan Year will
automatically be recharacterized first as “catch-up” contributions pursuant to Section 4.2(g), if and to the extent the Participant is eligible to make catch-up contributions for the Plan Year; then remaining Excess Contributions, if
any, will automatically be recharacterized as an amount distributed to the Participant and then contributed by the Participant as a Voluntary Contribution to the Plan. Amounts recharacterized as Voluntary Contributions will be taxable to the
Participant for the Participant’s earliest tax year in which he or she deferred any of such recharacterized amounts into the Plan. Written notice of recharacterization as Voluntary Contributions will be sent to affected Participants.”

 9. Section 4.5(f) is amended effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 by adding a new
sentence at the end thereof to read as follows: 
 “Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2006, in the event that any Excess Contributions are distributed to any Highly Compensated Employee pursuant to Section 4.5(e), the income or loss allocable to such Excess Contributions for the ‘gap period’ between the
end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution shall also be distributed.” 
 10. Section 4.6(c) is amended
effective August 1, 2006 by replacing the first sentence with the following: 
 “Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Plan, any Excess Elective Deferrals that cannot be eliminated by characterization as “catch ups” pursuant to Sections 4.2(d) and 4.5(d), plus any income and minus any loss allocable to such Excess Elective
Deferrals, will be distributed no later than April 15 to any Participant to whose account Excess Elective Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims Excess Elective Deferrals under this Plan for such taxable year.”

 11. Section 5.3(a) is amended and restated effective August 1, 2006 to read as follows: 
 “(a) Company contributions under Section 4.1(a) will be credited to a Participant’s Regular Contribution
Account as of the last Business Day of the month for which such contributions are required to be made. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1(d), Company contributions under Section 4.1(d) shall be credited to a Participant’s C
Plan Account not later than the last Business Day of the month for which such contribution is made. Company contributions made

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
under Section 4.1(e) shall be credited to a Participant’s C Plan Account as soon as administratively possible following receipt of the contribution by the Trustee. Company Contributions
of Notes Proceeds made under Section 4.1(f) shall be credited to a Participant’s C Plan Account as soon as administratively possible following receipt of the contribution by the Trustee.” 
 12. Section 10.2 is amended and restated effective August 1, 2006, to read as follows: 
 “10.2 Limitations on Allocations; Adjustments. If, for any calendar year, a Participant in this Plan is also a
participant in any other qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliate, allocations will be made first under this Plan and then under such other defined contribution plan. If a Company or Participant contribution that
would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Account would cause the Annual Additions for the calendar year to exceed the limitation under Section 10.1, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the
Annual Additions for the calendar year will equal the maximum amount that may be allocated under Section 10.1. Prior to determining the actual amount of a Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year, the Company may
determine the maximum amount that may be contributed on behalf of a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant’s Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year, provided the Company uniformly determines
Section 415 Compensation for all Participants similarly situated. As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the calendar year, the maximum amount that may be allocated to a Participant’s Account under Section 10.1 will be
determined on the basis of the Participant’s actual Section 415 Compensation for the calendar year. If, as a result of a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount
of Elective Deferrals that may be made with respect to a Participant, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the adjustment rules set forth in this Section 10.2, the amount that would
otherwise be credited under the Plan on behalf of a Participant for a calendar year that causes the limitation of Section 10.1 to be exceeded, the Company will, to the extent necessary, treat the contributions as follows: 
 (a) first, refund the Participant’s Voluntary Contributions including any earnings or gains accrued on such
contributions in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iv); 
 (b) second, refund the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals (other than ‘Catch-up Contributions’ within the meaning of Code section 414(v)), including any earnings on such Elective Deferrals in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iv);

 (c) third, reduce the Company contributions under Section 4.1(a), to be held and applied in accordance
with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(ii); 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 (d) fourth, reduce the Company’s contributions under
Section 4.1(f) to be held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii); 
 (e)
fifth, reduce the Company’s contributions under Section 4.1(d) to be held and applied in accordance with Treas. Reg. Section 1.415-6(b)(6)(ii); and 
 (f) sixth, reduce the Company’s contribution under Section 4.1(e) of this Plan, to be held and applied in
accordance with Treas. Reg. Sec. 1.415-6(b)(6)(iii).” 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be
executed on its behalf this          day of December, 2006. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	  

		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Reviewed and approved. 
  

									
		 		 		 		 	
	    Dated: December     , 2006
	 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	    Dated: December     , 2006
	 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit C (PDAP) 
 UAL Corporation 
 Convertible Notes Plan of
Allocation and Distribution 
 Methodology 
  

	I.	Purpose. 

  

	 	A.	General. In connection with the reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code of UAL Corporation (the “Company”) and its
affiliates (collectively “United”), United employees have seen, and in the case of the unionized workforce, agreed to, the termination of their Pension Plan as part of the reorganization process in order to reduce costs and improve the
Company’s financial position. As a result, the Company agreed to issue Convertible Notes (the “Notes”) and to allocate such Notes, or the proceeds related to the sale of the Notes (the “Proceeds”), to employees who were
adversely affected by the Pension Plan termination. This document establishes the terms for allocating the Notes and distributing the Proceeds to or on behalf of such employees pursuant to the Company’s Plan of Reorganization.

  

	 	B.	Collective Bargaining. As it relates to Eligible Employees who are in the class or craft of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement with an
Employer pursuant to which an Employer has agreed to provide such Eligible Employees with participation in a profit sharing bonus plan, this Convertible Notes Allocation and Distribution methodology is pursuant to such collective bargaining
agreement. 

  

	 	C.	Definitions. Unless otherwise specified, the capitalized terms herein have the meanings given below: 

 AFA. “AFA” means the Association of Flight Attendants - CWA. 
 AMFA. “AMFA” means the Aircraft Mechanics Fraternal Association. 
 ALPA. “ALPA” means the Air Line Pilots Association, International. 
 Board. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 Cause. “Cause” means (i) dishonesty, fraud, embezzlement, or material and deliberate injury or attempted injury, in
each case related to an Employer or any affiliate or its businesses, (ii) unlawful or criminal activity of a serious nature that in the reasonable opinion of the Company, is likely to have an adverse effect on an Employer, any affiliate or its
reputation, (iii) any willful and deliberate breach of a duty or habitual neglect of duty, or (iv) any breach of any confidentiality, non-compete or non-solicitation agreement with an Employer or any affiliate, provided, in the case of a
Collective Bargaining Employee, such basis for termination of employment is considered “cause” justifying termination under the applicable collective bargaining agreement. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Code. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(including, when the context requires, all regulations, interpretations and rulings issued thereunder). 
 Collective
Bargaining Employee. “Collective Bargaining Employee” means an employee who is in the class or craft of employees subject to the provisions of a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and either AFA, AMFA, ALPA, IAM, PAFCA
or TWU. 
 Company. “Company” means UAL Corporation. 
 Eligible AMFA Employee. “Eligible AMFA Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer with a seniority date of
June 1, 2006 or earlier who, on June 1, 2006, was either on approved leave from, or employed in, the class or craft of employees covered by the mechanics collective bargaining agreement between United and the AMFA, other than an employee
who was terminated for Cause. An individual who has a seniority date of June 1, 2006 or earlier, but was recently hired, must have completed his or her probationary period to receive an allocation of Proceeds. Such individual’s allocation
will be distributed as part of the final distribution of Proceeds only if he or she has completed probation at that time. 
 Eligible Employee. “Eligible Employee” means an employee who is an Eligible Flight Attendant, Eligible Pilot Employee, Eligible SAM Employee, Eligible AMFA Employee, Eligible IAM Employee, Eligible PAFCA Employee or
Eligible TWU Employee. 
 Eligible Flight Attendant. “Eligible Flight Attendant” mean an individual employed by
an Employer who was on the Flight Attendant Seniority List as defined in Section 17 of the collective bargaining agreement between United and the AFA (the “CBA”) as of December 30, 2005 and who, on December 30, 2005, was in
the class or craft of employees covered by the CBA, other than an employee whose employment was terminated for Cause. 
 Eligible IAM Employee. “Eligible IAM Employee” means an individual who was in the class or craft of employees covered by the security officers, food service, ramp and stores, fleet technical instructors and related
employees, maintenance instructors or public contact collective bargaining agreements between United and the IAM, other than an employee who was terminated for Cause, and 
  

	 	(a)	retired on or after May 1, 2003 and on or before December 31, 2005; or 

  

	 	(b)	would become eligible for early retirement under the terminated Pension Plan that was maintained for the benefit of IAM employees (i.e., would reach age 55 with ten
years of service) by December 31, 2009; and 

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	(i)	is active on December 31, 2005; or 

  

	 	(ii)	is on leave on December 31, 2005 (including individuals on Extended Illness Status, as defined in the collective bargaining agreement, but not including
individuals on furlough status for the entire period beginning May 1, 2003 through and including December 31, 2005); or 

  

	 	(iii)	is active on or after May 1, 2003 and before December 31, 2005, but on furlough status on December 31, 2005. 

 Eligible PAFCA Employee. “Eligible PAFCA Employee” means an individual employed by an Employer with a seniority date of
January 27, 2005 or earlier who, as of July 31, 2006, was still employed by an Employer in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and the PAFCA, other than an employee who was
terminated for Cause. 
 Eligible Pilot Employee. “Eligible Pilot Employee” shall have the meaning set forth in
Exhibit B hereto. 
 Eligible SAM Employee. “Eligible SAM Employee” means an individual who was employed by an
Employer on December 31, 2005 with a seniority date of December 31, 2001 or earlier who, on December 31, 2005 was (i) classified (on other than a temporary reclassification basis) by an Employer as a “management
employee” or a “salaried employee” (including individuals currently represented by the International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers), (ii) on an Employer’s U.S. payroll, and (iii) actively performing
services for an Employer and not subject to an “on call” agreement or similar agreement regarding their employment status on that date; other than an employee who was terminated for Cause. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an individual is
an officer of the Company or United Air Lines, Inc., such officer must also be continuously employed and actively working from December 31, 2005 through May 31, 2006 in order to be an Eligible SAM Employee. Further notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Company may determine in its sole discretion that an employee of United, who would qualify as an Eligible Employee under one of the classifications hereunder except for failure to satisfy varying seniority date requirements, will be
classified as an Eligible SAM Employee. 
 Eligible TWU Employee. “Eligible TWU Employee” means an individual
employed by an Employer at some time during the period from May 1, 2003 through October 30, 2005 or earlier who, for at least 500 days prior

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
to October 30, 2005, was in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between United and the TWU, other than an employee who was terminated for Cause.

 Employee Group. “Employee Group” means one of the groups of Eligible Employees described in Section II.A.

 Employer. “Employer” means the Company, United Air Lines, Inc., Ameniti Travel Clubs, Inc., and UAL Loyalty
Services, Inc., but excludes Mileage Plus, Inc. 
 ERISA. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as from time to time amended, including any related regulations. 
 Grantor Trust. “Grantor Trust”
means an irrevocable grantor trust established by the Company and United Air Lines, Inc. and subject to the reach of their creditors for the benefit of an Employee Group to hold the Notes and Proceeds until such time as they are paid to the Eligible
Employees within the Employee Group, or forfeited to the Company. 
 IAM. “IAM” means the International
Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers. 
 Notes. “Notes” means the notes of the Company convertible
into equity to be issued on or about August 1, 2006 on behalf of the Employee Groups described in Section II.B pursuant to the Company’s Plan of Reorganization. 
 PAFCA. “PAFCA” means the Professional Airline Flight Control Association. 
 Pay. “Pay” shall include all items of considered earnings for the 2005 taxable year of the individual, listed in Appendix A, plus any Success Sharing Program-Performance Incentive Plan
Payments paid in 2005. Pay will include compensation not paid as a result of an earnings reduction election made by the Eligible Employee under a Code Sec. 125 cafeteria plan or under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Sec.
401(k). Pay will not include the items of compensation or other payments listed in Appendix A as excluded from Pay. 
 Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or PBGC. “Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation” or “PBGC” means the entity by that name that insures qualified defined benefit pension plans. 
 Pension Plan. “Pension Plan” means each of the qualified defined benefit pension plans known as the United Airlines Pilot
Defined Benefit Pension Plan (aka United Air Lines, Inc. Pilots Fixed Benefit Income Plan), United Airlines Management, Administrative and Public Contact Defined Benefit

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 
Pension Plan, United Airlines Flight Attendant Defined Benefit Pension Plan (aka United Air Lines Inc. Flight Attendant Employees Retirement Plan), and United Airlines Ground Employees’
Retirement Plan, previously maintained by United on behalf of its eligible employees and their beneficiaries and taken over by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in the bankruptcy proceedings. 
 Plan of Reorganization. “Plan of Reorganization” means the plan approved by the bankruptcy court under Chapter 11 of the
U.S. Bankruptcy Code, which allowed United to reorganize and emerge from bankruptcy protection on February 1, 2006. 
 Proceeds. “Proceeds” means the cash generated from the sale of the Notes by the Company, or by the trustees of the Grantor Trusts, as applicable. 
 Qualified Military Service. “Qualified Military Service” shall have the meaning under Section 414(u)(5) of the Code
and the regulations issued thereunder. 
 Qualified Plan. “Qualified Plan” means, for each Employee Group, the
individual account retirement plan, intended to be qualified under Section 401 of the Code, that is maintained for the benefit of Eligible Employees in such Employee Group as follows: 
  

	 	(a)	AFA Group: United Airlines Flight Attendant 401(k) Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended; 

  

	 	(b)	ALPA Group: United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended; 

  

	 	(c)	IAM Group: United Airlines Ground Employee 401(k) Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended; 

  

	 	(d)	PAFCA Group: United Airlines Management and Administrative 401(k) Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended; 

  

	 	(e)	SAM Group: United Airlines Management and Administrative 401(k) Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended; and 

  

	 	(f)	TWU Group: United Airlines Management and Administrative 401(k) Plan (2002 Restatement), as amended. 

 TWU. “TWU” means the Transport Workers Union of America. 
 United. “United” means the Company and its affiliates. 
 USERRA. “USERRA” means the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	II.	Participation. 

  

	 	A.	Employee Groups. Based on an individual’s classification as either an Eligible Flight Attendant, an Eligible Pilot Employee, an Eligible AMFA Employee, an
Eligible IAM Employee, an Eligible PAFCA Employee, an Eligible SAM Employee or an Eligible TWU Employee, such individual will be assigned to one of the following Employee Groups: 

  

	 	1.	AFA Group. The AFA Group includes all Eligible Flight Attendants. 

  

	 	2.	ALPA Group. The ALPA Group includes all Eligible Pilot Employees. 

  

	 	3.	AMFA Group. The AMFA Group includes all Eligible AMFA Employees. 

  

	 	4.	IAM Group. The IAM Group includes all Eligible IAM Employees. 

  

	 	5.	PAFCA Group. The PAFCA Group includes all Eligible PAFCA Employees. 

  

	 	6.	SAM Group. The SAM Group includes all Eligible SAM Employees. 

  

	 	7.	TWU Group. The TWU Group includes all Eligible TWU Employees. 

 If an individual satisfies the definition of more than one Employee Group, such individual will be assigned to the Employee Group that will provide the individual with the largest allocation and
distribution of Notes and/or Proceeds. 
  

	 	B.	Employee Classifications. The designation of an individual as an employee of an Employer, or as a person who is not an employee of an Employer or as being within
a particular employee classification will be conclusive for all purposes of allocating Notes and distributing Proceeds. A temporary reclassification or special assignment will be disregarded for purposes of determining an Eligible Employee’s
classification. No reclassification of an individual as an employee of an Employer, whether by judicial or administrative action or otherwise, will be effective to qualify the individual as an Eligible Employee hereunder except as the Company
agrees, and no reclassification will be given retroactive effect, except as the Company agrees. 

  

	III.	Issuance, Allocation and Distribution of Notes, Proceeds and Cash. 

  

	 	A.	Issuance. A total of $726,000,000 of Notes will be issued by the Company on July 25, 2006 or as soon as feasible thereafter. 

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	B.	Allocation to Grantor Trusts. The Company will allocate the Notes among the following Employee Groups and contribute them to the Grantor Trusts established for
each such Employee Group, as soon as practical after issuance, in the following amounts: 

  

						
	 1.
	  	 AFA Group.
	  	$	20 million
			
	 2.
	  	 ALPA Group.
	  	$	550 million
			
	 3.
	  	 AMFA Group.
	  	$	40 million
			
	 4.
	  	 IAM Group.
	  	$	60 million
			
	 5.
	  	 SAM Group.
	  	$	56 million

 The Notes will be
monetized as soon as practical after being contributed to the Grantor Trusts. 
  

	 	C.	Allocation to PAFCA Group and TWU Group. In lieu of monetizing the Notes, the Company will allocate among the following Employee groups the following cash
amounts: 

  

					
	 1.
	  	PAFCA Group:	  	$396,000 ($400,000 less expenses and costs of 1%)
			
	 2.
	  	TWU Group:	  	$23,760 ($24,000 less expenses and costs of 1%)

  

	 	D.	Allocation to Eligible Employees. Except as set forth in E.2. below, each Eligible Employee assigned to an Employee Group will be entitled to receive an amount
of the Proceeds held in the Grantor Trust, or of the cash set aside under III.C. above, for such Employee Group based on the allocation formula for such Employee Group set forth in the applicable Exhibit attached hereto. With the exception of the
SAM Group, the allocation formula has been determined by the applicable collective bargaining representative and may be amended by such representative at any time prior to distribution of the Notes or Proceeds pursuant to E below.

  

	 	E.	Distribution. 

  

	 	1.	Time of Distribution. Distributions of the Proceeds will be made as soon as reasonably practical after the Notes are monetized, but in no event later than
March 15, 2007. 

  

	 	2.	 Contribution to Qualified Plan. Except in the case of Proceeds allocable to Eligible AMFA Employees or to beneficiaries of Eligible Pilot
Employees under D. above, to the extent allowed by limitations imposed by a Qualified Plan document and the Code on contributions to the Qualified Plan and allocations thereunder, the applicable Employer will contribute to the applicable Qualified
Plan for such Employee Group for the benefit of an Eligible Employee an amount, in cash, up to the amount allocable to such Eligible Employee pursuant to the applicable Exhibit. In

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	7	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
the event such a contribution is made to a Qualified Plan for the benefit of an Eligible Employee, the amount the Eligible Employee would otherwise have received from the applicable Grantor
Trust, if any, shall be forfeited to the Company and such forfeited amount shall be paid to the Company from the trustee of the Grantor Trust. Proceeds allocable to Eligible AMFA Employees or to the beneficiaries of Eligible Pilot Employees under D.
above shall be distributed solely in accordance with E.3 below. 

  

	 	3.	Direct Distribution. The Proceeds that are allocable to Eligible AMFA Employees under D. above shall be distributed directly to the Eligible Employee from the
Grantor Trust. The portion of the Proceeds that are allocable to the beneficiaries of Eligible Pilot Employees shall be distributed directly to such beneficiaries from the Grantor Trust. In all other cases, to the extent that the applicable Employer
is unable to contribute an amount to a Qualified Plan under E.2. above for an Eligible Employee that is equal to all of the amount allocable to such Eligible Employee under D. above, the remaining amount of Proceeds that are allocable to such
Eligible Employee under D. above shall be distributed directly to the Eligible Employee from the Grantor Trust or the Company, as applicable. 

  

	 	a.	Withholdings. The Employer (or any other person legally obligated to do so) shall withhold the amount of any federal, state or local income tax, payroll tax or
other tax that the payer reasonably determines is required to be withheld under applicable law with respect to the amount to be withheld. 

  

	 	4.	Fees, Costs, Expenses and Commitments. The funds available for an Employee Group for distributions to an Eligible Employee (directly or to a Qualified Plan) will
be offset for all fees associated with the distribution of the Proceeds, including, but not limited to, fees incurred to liquidate the Notes, to satisfy tax withholdings, to establish the Grantor Trusts, and to pay for applicable consultant fees.

  

	 	5.	Death. Unless otherwise provided in the allocation formula Exhibit for an Employee Group, distribution to a deceased Eligible Employee will be made as follows:

  

	 	a.	In the event an Eligible Employee who is entitled to receive a direct distribution of Proceeds dies prior to distribution, the distribution will be made to the Eligible
Employee’s heirs determined pursuant to the applicable laws of inheritance or descent. 

  

	 	b.	Any allocation of Proceeds to an Eligible Employee under a Qualified Plan will be distributed in accordance with the terms of such Qualified Plan.

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	8	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	6.	Military Leave. Distribution to employees on leave for Qualified Military Service will be made as follows: 

  

	 	a.	In the event an Eligible Employee who is entitled to receive a distribution of Proceeds is on leave for Qualified Military Service at the time of such distribution,
such distribution shall be distributed from the Grantor Trust in accordance with Section III.E.1. 

  

	 	b.	The portion of the amount distributed from the Grantor Trust in accordance with Section III.E.6.a. that corresponds to the maximum amount that could potentially be
contributed to the Qualified Plan (taking into account limitations imposed by the Qualified Plan and the Code on contributions to the Qualified Plan and allocations thereunder,) shall be held as part of the Company’s general assets in an
interest bearing account until the Eligible Employee’s return to active employment with the Company within the time frame required under USERRA, or the expiration of the Eligible Employee’s reemployment rights under USERRA, whichever
occurs first. 

  

	 	c.	Upon an Eligible Employee’s return to active employment within the time frame required by USERRA, amounts held in accordance with Section III.E.6.b., plus any
interest earned on such amounts while held by the Company outside the Grantor Trust, shall be contributed to the Qualified Plan in accordance with Section III.E.2. within the time frame required under USERRA and to the extent permitted under the
terms of the Qualified Plan. Remaining amounts that cannot be contributed to the Qualified Plan at that time, if any, shall be distributed in accordance with Section III.E.3 within the time frame required under USERRA. 

  

	 	d.	If the Eligible Employee’s reemployment rights under USERRA expire before the Eligible Employee returns to active employment, amounts held in accordance with
Section III.E.6.b, plus any interest earned on such amounts while held by the Company outside the Grantor Trust, shall be distributed in accordance with Section III.E.3 within the time frame required under USERRA. 

  

	 	e.	Amounts distributed from the Grantor Trust in accordance with Section III.E.6.a that are not held in accordance with Section III.E.6.b. shall be distributed in
accordance with Section III.E.3 as soon as administratively possible following distribution from the Grantor Trust. 

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	9	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	IV.	Administration. 

 Except as provided in
the Grantor Trusts, the Company or its delegate has the authority and responsibility to manage and control the general administration of the allocation of the Notes and distribution of the Proceeds. Determinations as to the amount of the
contribution that may be made to a Qualified Plan pursuant to III.E.2. above, shall be made by the plan administrator of the Qualified Plan and subject to the rules of the Qualified Plan. Determinations, decisions and actions of the Company in
connection with the construction, interpretation, administration, or application of the provisions herein will be final, conclusive, and binding upon any Eligible Employee and any person claiming under or through the Eligible Employee. No employee
of an Employer, any member of the Board, or any delegate of the Board, will be liable for any determination, decision, or action made in good faith with respect to the allocation of the Notes or distribution of the Proceeds. 
  

	V.	Amendment or Termination. 

 The provisions
herein regarding the allocation of the Notes and distribution of the Proceeds may at any time be amended, modified, suspended or terminated, as the Board in its sole discretion determines, except to the extent such amendment, modification,
suspension or termination would violate the terms of any collective bargaining agreement. Such amendment, modification, or termination hereof will not require any notice or the consent, ratification, or approval of any party, including any Eligible
Employee who is then eligible to participate in the allocation of the Notes and distribution of the Proceeds. 
  

	VI.	Miscellaneous. 

  

	 	A.	Governing Law. The validity, construction, interpretation, administration and effect of the provisions herein and any rules, regulations and actions relating to
the provisions herein will be governed by and construed exclusively in accordance with the laws of the United States and the State of Illinois, notwithstanding the conflicts of law principles of any jurisdiction. 

  

	 	B.	Conflict. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the applicable Employer’s obligations to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be governed by the
applicable collective bargaining agreements, and any conflict between the terms of this document and the applicable bargaining agreements with respect to Collective Bargaining Employees shall be resolved in favor of the applicable Employer’s
obligations under the applicable collective bargaining agreements. 

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	10	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Appendix A 
 Pay 
 A-1. Inclusions. The following items of considered
earnings are included in the definition of Pay: 
  

	 	•	 	 base pay 

  

	 	•	 	 overtime pay 

  

	 	•	 	 holiday pay 

  

	 	•	 	 longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 sick pay 

  

	 	•	 	 lead/purser/service director pay 

  

	 	•	 	 high skill premium/longevity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 language premium 

  

	 	•	 	 international and night flying premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	 pay for time taken as vacation 

  

	 	•	 	 payment for accrued vacation not taken as vacation when paid on account of (i) a leave or (ii) a termination of employment due to a reduction
in force or for military leave 

  

	 	•	 	 shift differential pay 

  

	 	•	 	 back pay (other than judicial or administrative awards of grievance pay or back pay or settlement thereof) 

  

	 	•	 	 delayed activation pay 

  

	 	•	 	 bypass pay 

  

	 	•	 	 check pilot premium pay 

  

	 	•	 	 double town salary expense 

  

	 	•	 	 senior/junior manning pay 

  

	 	•	 	 operational integrity pay 

  

	 	•	 	 temporary reclass pay 

  

	 	•	 	 Hawaiian override 

 A-2.
Exclusions. The following items are excluded in the definition of Pay: 
  

	 	•	 	 deferred compensation (other than pursuant to Code Sec. 125 or 401(k)) 

  

	 	•	 	 moving expense and similar allowances 

  

	 	•	 	 KERP I and KERP II awards 

  

	 	•	 	 performance incentive awards, profit sharing awards or sales incentive awards 

  

	 	•	 	 expense reimbursements and per diems 

  

	 	•	 	 severance, termination pay and related payments 

  

	 	•	 	 payment for accrued vacation time not taken as vacation when paid on account of termination of employment, other than on account of a reduction in
force or for a military leave 

  

	 	•	 	 disability and workers compensation payments 

  

	 	•	 	 duty-free commissions 

  

	 	•	 	 recognition lump sums 

  

	 	•	 	 flight expense 

  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Appendix A-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

	 	•	 	 retropay created by execution of a collective bargaining agreement, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires inclusion

  

	 	•	 	 reimbursable cleaning 

  

	 	•	 	 Employer contributions to employee benefit plans 

  

	 	•	 	 solely for purposes of making an award payment under this Plan, judicial or administrative awards for grievance pay or back pay (including settlements
thereof) 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income for employee or dependent life insurance coverage 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income from pass service charges 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable travel 

  

	 	•	 	 imputed income from domestic partner benefits 

  

	 	•	 	 cash payments made pursuant to any agreement, program, arrangement or plan designed to compensate an employee for amounts that may not be credited or
allocated to the employee under a qualified retirement plan due to limitations imposed by tax laws 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable fringe benefits, including taxable reimbursement of insurance premiums 

  

	 	•	 	 expatriate allowances 

  

	 	•	 	 hiring bonuses or other special payments relating to the initiation of employment 

  

	 	•	 	 amounts realized with respect to restricted stock, non-qualified stock options or stock appreciation rights 

  

	 	•	 	 lost luggage advance 

  

	 	•	 	 interest payments 

  

	 	•	 	 taxable distribution of UAL common stock in connection with UAL Corporation’s confirmed plan of reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S.
Bankruptcy Act 

 A-3. Special Crediting Rule. Pay earned by an Eligible Employee but received following
termination of employment will be treated as received on the Eligible Employee’s last day of employment with an Employer. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Appendix A-2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit A 
 AFA Group 
 Each Eligible Flight Attendant assigned to the AFA
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Notes and Proceeds allocated to the AFA Group’s Grantor Trust determined as follows: 
 1. Allocation Philosophy. The Notes, approved by the Bankruptcy Court, partially offset the retirement benefits that Eligible Flight Attendants lost when the Pension Plan was terminated and
replaced. The AFA has reviewed how the termination of the Pension Plan affected flight attendants, taking into consideration the degree to which that loss will be offset by (i) any continued payments under the Pension Plan that will be made by
the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”); and (ii) Company contributions under the United Airlines Flight Attendant 401(k) defined contribution replacement plan (the “401(k) Plan”). This review demonstrated that
nearly all flight attendants would be adversely affected by the loss of the Pension Plan should they choose to retire earlier than normal retirement under the Pension Plan at age 65. This review also demonstrated that while all flight attendants
were adversely affected by the loss of the Pension Plan to some degree, there was also a smaller group of flight attendants who were most adversely affected by the termination of the Pension Plan. This sub-group generally were those flight
attendants who had not yet reached their early retirement eligibility under the terminated Pension Plan but were over the age of 40 and as a result did not have a sufficiently long remaining working career to make up the entire loss of the Pension
Plan under the 401(k) Plan. 
 2. Allocation Formula. 
 (a) Tranche 1. 90% of the Proceeds will be allocated on a per capita basis among all Eligible Flight Attendants.

 (b) Tranche 2. In addition, the sub-group of Eligible Flight Attendants most adversely affected (as
described above) will receive an additional allocation of the remaining 10% of such Proceeds on an age and service weighted basis. These Eligible Flight Attendants will include those who (i) were hired after March 31, 1980, (ii) have
ten or more years of service as of June 30, 2005, (iii) were over age 40 as of June 30, 2005 (the “Date of Plan Termination”); and (iv) were not yet eligible for early retirement under the Pension Plan (had not yet
reached age 50 even though they satisfied the ten years of service requirement) as of the Date of Plan Termination (“Tranche 2 Eligible Participant”). A Tranche 2 Eligible Participant shall receive an allocation that is age and service
weighted based on the sum of the person’s age and service on the Date of Plan Termination divided by the sum of all Tranche 2 Eligible Participants’ age and service on the Date of Plan Termination. 
 3. Age and Service Determination. Age shall be determined as of the Date of Plan Termination calculated in days based upon a 30/360
year. Service levels shall be determined based on all service with United as of the Date of Plan Termination calculated in days based upon a 30/360 year. Fractional ages and service levels will be expressed in decimals with no rounding. 

 

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit A-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit B 
 ALPA Group 
 Each Eligible Pilot Employee (as defined below)
assigned to the ALPA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Notes and Proceeds allocated to the ALPA Group’s Grantor Trust, determined as follows: 
 Eligible Pilot Employee. “Eligible Pilot Employee” means an individual who satisfies the eligibility criteria established by ALPA. In general, an “Eligible Pilot Employee” is an
individual employed by an Employer in the class or craft of employees covered by the collective bargaining agreement between the Company and ALPA (a “Pilot Employee”) and who is on the United Airlines Pilot System Seniority List as of
January 1, 2005 (the “Eligibility Date”) and who(a) is on active status on the Eligibility Date; (b)on or after the Eligibility Date, is on military leave, maternity/paternity leave, or an ALPA leave of absence pursuant to
Section 12-F or 12-G of the collective bargaining agreement; (c) dies, retires or becomes disabled after the Eligibility Date; or (d) is on furlough status as of the Eligibility Date and, as of the date the Company exited bankruptcy
on February 1, 2006 (the “Exit Date”), has (i) been recalled and returned to active status, or (ii) been recalled, has accepted recall, and has been assigned to a class date (even if the assigned class date is subsequent to
the Exit Date); but excluding, (a) any otherwise Eligible Pilot Employee who resigned from employment or was involuntarily terminated effective on or before the Exit Date and (b) any management pilot who is a corporate officer of
the Company. Notwithstanding an involuntary termination, an otherwise Eligible Pilot Employee shall not cease to be eligible if he or she has filed a grievance challenging the validity of the termination, which grievance, as of the Exit Date, has
not yet been finally resolved by decision of the United Pilot System Board of Adjustment, withdrawal or settlement upholding the termination, regardless of the ultimate disposition of the grievance after the Exit Date. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing paragraph to the contrary, any pilot who dies in the line of duty on September 11, 2001,
shall be an Eligible Pilot Employee. Any distribution payable to such deceased Eligible Pilot Employee will be paid to his surviving spouse, unless ALPA determines that there is a material risk of dispute over the identity of the proper
distributee(s), in which case payment shall be made to the deceased Eligible Pilot Employee’s legal representative, or to the registry of the appropriate probate or other court of competent jurisdiction for determination of the proper
distributee(s). 
 Allocation Philosophy. The allocation formula (and the assumptions and methodologies incorporated in
that formula) has been determined by ALPA . In addition, the allocations to deceased or disabled Eligible Pilot Employees shall be modified and adjusted as provided in the methodology adopted by ALPA. The formula is intended to allocate the total
amount of Notes and Proceeds in the ALPA Group’s Grantor Trust among Eligible Pilot Employees in proportion to the value of benefits under the Pension Plan which were accrued prior to the date of termination of the Pension Plan, or which would
have accrued under the Pension Plan in the future had the Pension Plan not terminated, but which are not expected ever be paid, taking into account estimated payments to be made by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”)
pursuant to Sections 4022 and 4044 of ERISA and the value of follow-on C Plan contributions. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit B-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Allocation Formula. An Eligible Pilot Employee’s allocation of the Proceeds
shall equal the present value of the Eligible Pilot Employee’s Gap Benefit, multiplied by the Replacement Ratio. For allocation purposes, an Eligible Pilot Employee’s “Gap Benefit” is the difference between (1) and (2):

 (1) the present values of the Eligible Pilot Employee’s Pension Plan benefit and of his or her
non-qualified defined benefit plan, projected to age 60 in accordance with the assumptions and methodology adopted by ALPA ; and 
 the sum of the present values of (a) plus (b): 
 (a) benefits
estimated by ALPA’s actuary to be payable under the Pension Plan by the PBGC (including benefits payable from Pension Plan assets in accordance with Section 4044 of ERISA and/or benefits payable by the PBGC in accordance with the ERISA
plan termination insurance program pursuant to Section 4022 of ERISA); and 
 (b) Company contributions made
under the Qualified Plan applicable to the ALPA Group and held in the C Plan Account (as such term is defined under the ALPA Group Qualified Plan), excluding contributions of UAL Stock or cash made pursuant to the UAL Corporation Employee Equity
Distribution Plan and excluding any Company Contribution of Notes Proceeds, projected to age 60 in accordance with the assumptions and methodology adopted by ALPA . 
 The “Replacement Ratio” is the total net Notes Proceeds available for distribution to Eligible Pilot Employees, divided by the total Gap Benefits for all Eligible Pilot Employees. 
 Allocation Schedule. ALPA has determined the schedule of Eligible Pilot Employees and their share of the Proceeds based on the above
Allocation Formula. Such schedule is maintained by ALPA and individual Eligible Pilot Employees may obtain their allocation information by contacting ALPA. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit B-2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit C 
 IAM Group 
 Each Eligible IAM Employee assigned to the IAM
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Notes and Proceeds allocated to the IAM Group’s Grantor Trust determined as follows: 
 1. Allocation Philosophy. The Notes represent the compensation that the Bankruptcy Court authorized to partially offset the retirement benefits that Eligible IAM Employees lost when the Pension
Plans were terminated and replaced. The IAM reviewed how the termination of the Pension Plans affected its membership, taking into consideration the degree to which that loss will be offset by (i) any continued payments under the Pension
Plans that will be made by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, and (ii) Company contributions under the replacement plans. That review led the IAM to conclude that the Proceeds should be allocated among the Eligible IAM Employees.

 2. Allocation Formula. An Eligible IAM Employee will receive a pro rata share based on the individual’s years of
service with United as compared to the total years of service with United for all Eligible IAM Employees. Years of service will be actual years of service for Eligible IAM Employees who retired prior to January 1, 2006. Years of service will be
projected through December 31, 2009 for other Eligible IAM Employees. 
 3. Schedule. The IAM Group has determined
the schedule of Eligible IAM Employees and their share of the Proceeds based on the above Allocation Formula. Such schedule is maintained by IAM and may be obtained by contacting IAM . 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit C-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit D 
 AMFA Group 
 Each Eligible AMFA Employee assigned to the AMFA
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Notes and Proceeds allocated to the AMFA Group’s Grantor Trust determined as follows: 
 1. Allocation Philosophy. The allocation formula has been determined by the AMFA Group. It is intended to allocate the total amount of Notes and Proceeds in the AMFA Group’s Grantor Trust to
each Eligible AMFA Employee in a manner which partially compensates him or her for the lost value of the Pension Plan that would have been accrued by such Eligible AMFA Employee if the Pension Plan were not terminated. 
 2. Allocation Formula. An Eligible AMFA Employee shall receive a pro rata share of the Proceeds based on the individual’s age
plus service points divided by the total age plus service points for all Eligible AMFA Employees. Service shall be determined by total completed months of service at United as of June 1, 2006 in any employee group. Age shall be determined as of
June 1, 2006 truncated to whole months. Age plus service points shall equal months of service plus age in months divided by twelve, and truncated to a whole number. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit D-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit E 
 PAFCA Group 
 Each Eligible PAFCA Employee assigned to the
PAFCA Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the cash amount allocated to the PAFCA Group determined as follows: 
 1. Allocation Philosophy. The allocation formula has been determined by the PAFCA Group. It is intended to allocate the total amount of cash allocated to the PAFCA Group to each Eligible PAFCA Employee in a manner which partially
compensates him or her for the lost value of the Pension Plan that would have been accrued by such Eligible PAFCA Employee if the Pension Plan were not terminated. 
 2. Allocation Formula. An Eligible PAFCA Employee who is eligible to receive an allocation of the Proceeds will receive a pro rata share based on the individual’s years of service with United
as compared to the total years of service with United for all Eligible PAFCA Employees. Years of service equal total years of service at United in any employee group. 
 3. Schedule. PAFCA has determined the schedule of Eligible PAFCA Employees and their share of the Proceeds based on the above Allocation Formula. Such schedule is maintained by PAFCA in a
spreadsheet entitled PAFCAlistallocRvsd.xls and may be obtained by contacting PAFCA. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit E-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit F 
 TWU Group 
 Each Eligible TWU Employee assigned to the TWU
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the cash amount allocated to the TWU Group determined as follows: 
 1.
Allocation Philosophy. The allocation formula has been determined by the TWU Group. It is intended to allocate the total amount of cash allocated to the TWU Group to each Eligible TWU Employee in a manner which partially compensates him or
her for the lost value of the Pension Plan that would have been accrued by such Eligible TWU Employee if the Pension Plan were not terminated. 
 2. Allocation Formula. An Eligible TWU Employee who is eligible to receive an allocation of the Proceeds will receive a pro rata share based on the individual’s years of service at United as a
TWU member divided by the total years of service points for all Eligible TWU Employees. Years of service include only years as a TWU represented employee and are measured to the date the United Airlines Management, Administrative and Public Contact
Defined Benefit Pension Plan was terminated – June 30, 2005. Partial years of service will be rounded to whole years before calculating. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit F-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Exhibit G 
 SAM Group 
 Each Eligible SAM Employee assigned to the SAM
Group shall be entitled to receive that portion of the Notes and Proceeds allocated to the SAM Group’s Grantor Trust determined as follows: 
 1. Philosophy. The allocation formula has been determined by the Company. It is intended to allocate the total amount of Notes and Proceeds in the SAM Group’s Grantor Trust to each Eligible
SAM Employee in a manner which partially compensates him or her for the lost value of the Pension Plan that would have been accrued by such Eligible SAM Employee if the Pension Plan were not terminated. 
 2. Base Allocation Formula. Each Eligible SAM Employee’s base allocation of the Proceeds shall equal the Allocation Ratio for
such Eligible SAM Employee’s Age and Service Class multiplied by such Employee’s Pay for 2005. 
 (a)
An “Age and Service Class” exists for each possible group of Eligible SAM Employees who have the same age and seniority service determined as of December 31, 2005. 
 (b) The “Allocation Ratio” for each Age and Service Class equals the Lost Benefits Percentage for that Class
multiplied by the Ratio. 
 (c) The “Lost Benefits Percentage” is calculated for each possible Age and
Service Class as follows: 
 (i) Determine as a percentage of Pay the lump sum value that would have been paid
from the Pension Plan had a hypothetical Eligible SAM Employee in that Age and Service Class continued working until age 65, projecting years of participation to age 65. 
 (ii) Determine as a percentage of Pay the lump sum value that the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation would pay out of the
Pension Plan when a hypothetical Eligible SAM Employee in that Age and Service Class reaches age 65, based on the age and service level as of the date the Pension Plan was involuntarily terminated, determined without regard to any maximum
limitations imposed by the PBGC. 
 (iii) Determine as a percentage of Pay the lump sum value that a hypothetical
Eligible SAM Employee in that Age and Service Class would receive under the Qualified Plan at age 65, assuming continued service to age 65 and receipt of the full Safe Harbor Enhanced Matching Contribution and Employer Direct Contributions each of
such working years, ignoring for this purpose, any limitations that would be imposed by Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit G-1	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 (iv) Each of the lump sum values in (i), (ii) and (iii) are
determined using the 1983 GAM unisex table and an interest rate of 7.5%. Each of these values is then discounted back to December 31, 2005 for each Age and Service Class using a 7.5% interest rate. The sum of the discounted values of (a)(ii)
and (a)(iii) is subtracted from the discounted value of (a)(i) giving the Lost Benefits Percentage for that Age and Service Class. 
 (d) The “Total Benefits Lost” equals the Lost Benefits Percentage for each Age and Service Class multiplied by total Pay as of December 31, 2005 for all Eligible SAM Employees in such Age
and Service Class. 
 (e) The “Ratio” equals the amount of Proceeds to be allocated divided by the
Total Benefits Lost. 
 3. Supplemental Allocation Formula. The base allocation formula does not proportionately
compensate for the loss from the Pension Plan for a number of Eligible SAM Employees due to the impact of PBGC limits. Any Eligible SAM Employee so impacted shall receive a supplemental allocation of the Proceeds equal to such Eligible SAM
Employee’s Discounted PBGC Loss multiplied by the Ratio (determined under 2(e) above). 
 (a) For each
Eligible SAM Employee with a “PBGC Loss”, such Eligible SAM Employee’s “Discounted PBGC Loss” equals his or her PBGC Loss discounted to the PBGC Affected Age using an interest rate of 7.5%. 
 (b) The “PBGC Loss” for each Eligible SAM Employee equals the excess of his or her Pension Plan Benefit over the
PBGC Offset. If the result is $0 or less, then the Eligible SAM Employee’s PBGC Loss is $0 and such Employee shall not receive a supplemental allocation. 
 (c) The “PBGC Affected Age” is 57, the average age for all Eligible SAM Employees whose PBGC Loss exceeds $0.

 (d) The “PBGC Offset” is $434,413 This is the lump sum value at age 65 of an annual single life
annuity of $45,614, determined using the GAM83 Unisex table and a 7.5% interest rate. $45,614 was the maximum PBGC guaranteed benefit for plans involuntarily terminating in 2005. 
 (e) The “Pension Plan Benefit” for an Eligible SAM Employee is the lump sum value at age 65 of an annual single
life annuity equal to the Pension Plan Multiplier times such Eligible SAM Employee’s Pay and service as of December 31, 2005. The lump sum value is determined using the GAM83 Unisex table and a 7.5% interest rate. 
 (f) The “Pension Plan Multiplier” is 1.612%. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit G-2	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 4. Age and Service. An Eligible SAM Employee’s age on December 31, 2005
(truncated to whole years) shall be used for purposes of determining age under this Exhibit. An Eligible SAM Employee’s Company seniority date on December 31, 2005 shall be used for determining service under this Exhibit and only full
years of service will be used. 
 5. Other Commitments. Notwithstanding the foregoing, those Eligible SAM Employees for
whom the Company gave a written commitment to provide service credit under the United Airlines Management, Administrative and Public Contact Defined Benefit Pension Plan based on prior employment with United or to provide other similar adjustments
will have their service under this Exhibit G and resulting allocation adjusted to abide by such commitments. 
  

					
	8th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	Exhibit G-3	 	January 1, 2006
	Final	 		 	

 Ninth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Committee” in Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2007 by deleting the period at the end thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “; provided that, effective January 1, 2007, “Committee” means the United Air Lines, Inc. Retirement and Welfare
Administration Committee (sometimes referred to as RAWAC).” 
 2. Section 4.1 is amended effective January 1,
2008 by adding the following new subsection (g) to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(g)	For the Plan Year ending in 2008, the Company will make a special contribution to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under the Funding
Part, on behalf of each Participant who is eligible to receive an allocation under the Plan, equal to the Participant’s allocable portion of the settlement proceeds from the Summers v. UAL Corporation ESOP Committee litigation, as
determined in accordance with the settlement agreement dated as of August 16, 2005, and the allocation plan approved by the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois by its order dated November 22, 2005.”

 3. Effective January 1, 2007, the references to “PAWPAC” in Sections 6.1(d), 7.4(b) and 12.7(b)
shall be deleted and replaced with references to “RAWAC” instead. 
 4. Section 6.2(a)(iii) is deleted effective
April 1, 2007 and the following new Section 6.2(a)(iii) is substituted in lieu thereof: 
  

	 	“(iii)	Any Participant who fails to direct the investment of current Company contributions to the Participant’s Regular Contribution Account, or current cash
contributions to the Participant’s C Plan Account, current Elective Deferral Contributions, current Voluntary Contributions, a Rollover Contribution, or any other contribution, will be deemed, as agreed to by the Company and the Association, to
have directed investment of 100% of any such contribution as follows: 

 Default Investment Fund By Age Group
(Assuming Retirement At Age 60) 
  

					
	 Fund
	  	Retirement
Year	  	Birth Year
	 40%/60% Global Balanced Fund
	  	2007-2016	  	1947-1956
	 60%/40% Global Balanced Fund
	  	2017-2023	  	1957-1963
	 80%/20% Global Balanced Fund
	  	After 2024	  	After 1964

  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective October 1, 2007, or as soon as
administratively feasible thereafter, any Participant who fails to direct the investment of current Company contributions to the Participant’s Regular Contribution Account, or current cash contributions to the Participant’s C Plan Account,
current Elective Deferral Contributions, current Voluntary Contributions, a Rollover Contribution, or any other contribution, will be deemed, as agreed to by the Company and the Association, to have directed investment of 100% of any such
contribution as follows: 
 Default Investment Fund By Age Group (Assuming Retirement At Age 60) 
  

					
	 Fund
	  	 Retirement
Year
	  	 Birth Year

			
	 Retirement Income Fund
	  	Prior to 2008	  	Prior to 1948
			
	 AutoPDAP 2010 Fund
	  	2008-2012	  	1948-1952
			
	 AutoPDAP 2015 Fund
	  	2013-2017	  	1953-1957
			
	 AutoPDAP 2020 Fund
	  	2018-2022	  	1958-1962
			
	 AutoPDAP 2025 Fund
	  	2023-2027	  	1963-1967
			
	 AutoPDAP 2030 Fund
	  	2028-2032	  	1968-1972
			
	 AutoPDAP 2035 Fund
	  	2033-2037	  	1973-1977
			
	 AutoPDAP 2040 Fund
	  	2038 or after	  	1978 or after

 5. Section 7.12 is
amended effective January 1, 2007 by adding the following new sentence to the end thereof: 
 “Notwithstanding the
foregoing, effective January 1, 2007, with respect to any distribution made to a Beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” (as defined by Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)) and who is not the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, such
Beneficiary may elect a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of the eligible portion of such distribution in accordance with Code Section 402(c)(11).” 
  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

 6. Section 7.14(a) is revised by deleting the period at the end thereof and inserting
the following phrase in its place: 
 “; provided that, any Elective Deferrals invested in the Participant’s Individual
Brokerage Account shall not be eligible for distribution pursuant to this Section 7.14.” 
 7.
Section 7.14(b)(ii)(B) is revised by deleting the semi-colon at the end of clause (2) thereof and inserting a period instead, and by deleting the ending phrase “; and” at the end of clause (3) thereof and inserting a period
instead. 
 8. Section 7.16(c)(iv) is revised by adding the phrase “Participants or” at the beginning of the
first sentence thereof. 
 9. Section 7 is amended effective January 1, 2007 by adding the following new Subsection
7.17 to the end thereof: 
 “7.17 Plan Transfers. 
  

	 	(a)	Transfer from the Plan. If the employee classification of a Participant under this Plan is changed while he or she is an employee of the Company or upon his or
her reemployment with the Company (or other Affiliate) and as a result the Participant becomes covered under another defined contribution plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) and maintained for employees in his or her new employee
classification, then the Participant’s Account will be transferred to such other defined contribution plan, if specifically permitted by such plan, provided that following the transfer such Account balance will continue to be subject to all of
the requirements (including vesting), limitations and options (including all distribution rights) relating to such Account under this Plan. 

  

	 	(b)	 Transfer to the Plan. If an employee of the Company who is a participant in another defined contribution plan qualified under Code
Section 401(a) becomes a Participant hereunder by reason of a change in his or her employee classification while he or she is an employee of the Company (or other Affiliate) or upon his or her reemployment with the Company, then, as soon as

  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
practicable following the date he or she becomes a Participant, such employee’s account balance under such other defined contribution plan, if specifically required by such plan, will be
transferred to this Plan, provided that following the transfer such account will continue to be subject to all of the requirements (including vesting), limitations and options (including all distribution rights) of such other defined contribution
plan. Such transferred amounts will be invested as provided under Section 6. 

  

	 	(c)	ESOP Transfers for Certain Current and Former Employees. An employee or former employee’s account balance under the trust related to the terminated UAL
Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan may be transferred to this Plan in accordance with uniform procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator from time to time. Any such transferred amounts will be invested as provided under Section 6 and,
in the case of any missing Participant or Beneficiary, will be subject to Section 7.7. 

  

	 	(d)	Code Section 411(d)(6) Protected Benefits. No transfer under this Section 7.17 shall reduce or eliminate any benefit protected under Code
Section 411(d)(6) determined immediately prior to the transfer and the Committee shall administer and interpret the Plan consistent with this requirement.” 

 10. Section 10.1 is amended effective for limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2008 by adding the following new
sentence to the end thereof: 
 “Effective for limitation years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the limitation
on annual additions pursuant to this Section 10.1 and any related determinations for purposes of satisfying such limitation shall be made in accordance with the applicable provisions of final treasury regulations issued under Code
Section 415 and any other regulations, rulings or administrative guidance issued pursuant thereto by the Internal Revenue Service.” 
 *** SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS *** 
  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of December, 2007. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	  

		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

 Reviewed and approved. 
  

							
	Dated: December     , 2007	 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
			
		 	By:	 	  

				
		 		 	Name:	 	  

				
		 		 	Title:	 	  

			
	Dated: December     , 2007	 	By:	 	  

				
		 		 	Name:	 	  

				
		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	9th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2007
	Final	 		 	

 Tenth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Independent Fiduciary” in Section 1.5 is amended by deleting the period at the end thereof and adding the following phrase: 
 “; provided that, the term “Independent Fiduciary” shall only apply under the Plan, where referenced, prior to
December 31, 2005.” 
 2. Section 1.5 is amended effective November 10, 2008 by adding, in alphabetical
order, the following defined term: 
 “Investment Committee. “Investment Committee” means
the Retirement and Welfare Investment Committee (sometimes referred to as ‘RAWIC’), or such other committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company to which the Board has delegated the authority to act for an on behalf of the
Company with respect to the Company’s responsibilities for management and/or investment of Plan assets, including without limitation the Company’s responsibilities under Section 6.” 
 3. A new definition of “Investment Funds List” is added to Section 1.5 effective January 1, 2008 to read as
follows: 
 “Investment Funds List. “Investment Funds List” means the list of current
investment funds offered to Participants under the Plan pursuant to Section 6, as agreed to by the Investment Committee and the Association from time to time. 
 4. The definition of “Normal Retirement Date” in Section 1.5 is deleted in its entirety effective January 1, 2008. 
 5. The definition of “Pilot” in Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2008 to read as follows: 

“Pilot. “Pilot” means an employee of the Company who is (i) designated by the Company as a
Pilot (other than a Temporary Reclassification), (ii) listed on the Company’s Pilot Eligibility Seniority List, and (iii) designated by the Company as a Captain or First Officer, but excluding any such employee whose

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 
principal duties are not customarily performed aboard aircraft in flight. “Pilot” also means an employee who is designated by the Company as a (a) student pilot or (b) flight
management employee listed on the Pilot System Seniority List, but “Pilot” shall exclude an employee who is designated by the Company as a test pilot.” 
 6. The definition of “Surviving Spouse” in Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2008 to read as follows: 
 “Surviving Spouse. A Participant’s “Surviving Spouse” means the Spouse to whom the Participant was
married on the date of his or her death and who is living at the date of the death.” 
 7. Section 4.1(d) is amended
effective for hours worked on or after January 1, 2008 by adding the following new paragraph (v) at the end thereof to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(v)	Effective for hours worked on or after January 1, 2008, the Company contribution under this Section 4.1(d), on behalf of each Participant, shall be increased
from an amount equal to six percent (6%) to an amount equal to seven percent (7%) of the Participant’s Earnings, subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1(d).” 

 8. Section 4.1(e) is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the first sentence thereof and replacing it with the following:

 “The Company may contribute UAL Stock or cash to any entity or entities authorized to receive such contributions under
the Funding Part on behalf of Participants under the Plan.” 
 9. Section 4.1(g) is amended effective January 1,
2008 by adding the following new sentence at the end thereof to read as follows: 
 “The Company contribution under this
Section 4.1(g) shall be credited to a Participant’s C Plan Account.” 
 10. Section 4.2(c) is amended
effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the first sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “At any time,
subject to rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant may elect to change the rate of his or her Elective Deferral Contributions made in accordance with paragraph (a) above (but not retroactively) within the limits specified
therein, to discontinue making such contributions, or to resume making such contributions.” 
  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 11. Section 4.5(f) is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the period at
the end of the last sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “; provided that, effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after January 1, 2008, the ‘gap period’ provisions of the preceding clause shall no longer apply.” 
 12. Section 5.1(f) is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the second sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “A QDRO Account initially will reflect the amount transferred thereto from the Participant’s other Accounts, which will be deemed to come pro-rata from all of the Participant’s
Accounts.” 
 13. Section 5.4(a) is amended effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as follows:

  

	 	“(a)	Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 5.4, if a partial payment or distribution is made to or on behalf of a Participant or his or her
Beneficiary, or to an Alternate Payee, it will be charged to the proper Accounts of the Participant or Beneficiary, or to the QDRO Account of the Alternative Payee, as applicable, and to the proper sub-accounts within each Account, in accordance
with the procedures as the Plan Administrator may adopt from time to time. For purposes of this Section 5.4, any assets in the Participant’s Individual Brokerage Account Option must be liquidated and transferred to the core Investment
Funds before they will be eligible for a partial payment or distribution under the Plan.” 

 14.
Section 6 is amended effective November 10, 2008 by deleting the references to “Plan Administrator”, “RAWAC”, and “Committee” contained therein and replacing each such reference with “Investment
Committee”. 
 15. Section 6.1 is amended effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as follows:

  

	 	“6.1	Investment Funds. The Fund will be divided into separate Investment Funds, and a Participant’s Accounts will be invested in one or more of the Investment
Funds, in accordance with the Participant’s election as provided in Section 6.2. The Investment Funds shall be set forth on the Investment Funds List, which may be modified from time to time by the Investment Committee with the written
consent of the Association and without amendment to the Plan.” 

 16. Section 6.2(a)(iii) is deleted
effective January 1, 2008 and the following new Section 6.2(a)(iii) is substituted in lieu thereof: 
  

	 	“(iii)	The Account or Accounts of a Participant shall be invested in the default Investment Fund specified on the Investment Funds List unless and to the extent the
Participant elects otherwise in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.” 

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 17. Section 6.5 is amended effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as
follows: 
  

	 	“6.5	Investment of Accounts on Death of Participant. Upon notice to the Company of the death of a Participant or the death of a Surviving Spouse maintaining Accounts
under the Plan and a request for distribution, the Company shall notify the Trustee, and shall direct that the balances in the deceased individual’s Accounts be maintained in the Beneficiary’s name and remain invested in accordance with
Section 6, subject to investment direction by the Beneficiary, until distributed in accordance with the terms of the Plan.” 

 18. Section 6.6 is amended effective May 1, 2009 by deleting the first sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “Upon establishment of a QDRO Account, the Investment Committee shall direct the Trustee to invest all assets of the QDRO Account in the
default investment option specified pursuant to Section 6.2(a)(iii).” 
 19. Section 7.3(a)(iii) is amended
effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(iii)	Periodic Distributions. Under this option, a Participant may elect to establish a schedule of substantially equal periodic distributions. The schedule must
designate (A) the amount of the distributions and (B) whether the distributions will be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually, or annually. Any election for periodic distributions must be made in accordance with the procedures as the Plan
Administrator may adopt from time to time. Each periodic distribution will be made pro rata from all Investment Funds except for the Individual Brokerage Account Option (which is excluded from periodic payment calculations and processing). A
Participant’s request to initiate, change, or stop periodic distributions will be made in the manner required by the recordkeeper and is subject to the requirement of Section 7.4.” 

 20. Section 7.4(b) is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the last sentence thereof and replacing it with the following:

 “Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.4(b), a Participant shall not be permitted to purchase
an annuity if the net credit balances in the Participant’s Accounts are $5,000 or less.” 
 21. Section 7.5(d) is
amended effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as follows: 
  

	 	(d)	No Annuity for Small Amounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.5, no annuity will be purchased if, on the date benefit payments to
a deceased Participant’s Surviving Spouse are to begin under this Section 7.5, the Participant’s Account balances that would otherwise be used for the purchase of the Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity do not exceed
$5,000.” 

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 22. Section 7.10 is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the first
sentence thereof and replacing it with the following: 
 “Except as provided otherwise in the Plan, distribution of a
Participant’s Accounts shall be made (or installment payments shall commence) as soon as practicable after the Participant becomes eligible for and requests a distribution in accordance with the procedures as the Plan Administrator may adopt
from time to time.” 
 23. Section 7.11(a) is amended effective January 1, 2008 by adding a new sentence at the
end thereof to read as follows: 
 “Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to Section 7.12, if an alternate
payee’s QDRO Account does not exceed $5,000, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute such account to the alternate payee in one lump sum.” 
 24. Section 7.12 is amended in its entirety effective January 1, 2008 to read as follows: 
 “7.12 Direct Rollover. 
  

	 	(a)	Right of Election of Direct Rollover. To the extent required by Code Section 401(a)(31), the Participant (or a Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary who is
a “designated beneficiary” within the meaning of Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)) will have the right to elect to have any distribution that constitutes an “eligible rollover distribution” paid directly to an “eligible
retirement plan” specified by such Participant (or Beneficiary). Any such direct rollover shall be subject to such rules and procedures as the Plan Administrator, with the written consent of the Association, may adopt from time to time,
including rules relating to whether such direct rollover may be made in-kind and rules relating to the investment funds from which such direct rollover may be made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any distribution made to a
Beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” (as defined by Code Section 401(a)(9)(E)) and who is not the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, such Beneficiary may elect a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer of the eligible portion of
such distribution in accordance with Code Section 402(c)(11) 

  

	 	(b)	 Eligible Rollover Distribution. An eligible rollover distribution is a distribution that constitutes an “eligible rollover
distribution” under Code Section 401(a)(31)(D). No amount that is distributed on account of hardship will be an eligible rollover distribution, and

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

	 	 
the distributee may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan. A portion of a distribution will not fail to be an eligible rollover
distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code
Section 408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such
distribution that is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution that is not includible. 

  

	 	(c)	Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is a plan that constitutes an “eligible retirement plan” under Code Section 401(a)(31)(E).
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “eligible retirement plan” includes an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) that is maintained by a state,
political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to account separately for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. The term “eligible retirement
plan” also includes a Roth individual retirement plan described in Code Section 408A. In the case of distributions to Beneficiaries other than a Surviving Spouse, the term “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement
account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or 408(b) (other than an endowment contract). 

  

	 	(d)	Alternate Payees. The provisions of this Section shall apply to a spouse or former spouse of a Participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic
relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). 

  

	 	(e)	Installment Distributions. The distribution period for an installment distribution under Section 7.3(a)(iii), for purposes of determining whether such
distributions constitute an eligible rollover distribution, will be determined by assuming earnings equal to 120% of the applicable Federal mid-term rate under Code Section 1274(d). 

  

	 	(f)	Default of Direct Rollover Election. If a Participant (or Surviving Spouse or other Beneficiary) fails to make an election pursuant to this Section, he or she
will be deemed not to have made such election.” 

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	6	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 25. A new Section 7.15(c) is added to the Plan effective as of January 1, 2009 to
read as follows: 
  

	 	“(c)	Military Service Withdrawals. Effective January 1, 2009, pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008, a Participant who is on
active military duty for a period of more than 30 days may thereafter elect to withdraw all or any part of the balance in his or her Elective Deferral Account (if any). If a Participant receives a distribution under this Section 7.15(c), then
such Participant’s Elective Deferral Contributions will be suspended for six (6) months after the receipt of such distribution.” 

 26. Section 12.2 is amended effective January 1, 2008 by deleting the phrase “as an even multiple of $1,000” in the first sentence thereof and replacing it with the phrase “as an
even multiple of $1.00”. 
 27. Section 12.7(e) is amended effective January 1, 2008 in its entirety to read as
follows: 
  

	 	“(e)	Method of Repayment. Generally, loan repayments will be made by payroll deductions for each payroll period. However, during any period when payroll deduction is
not possible or is not permitted under applicable law, repayment will be made by one or more methods as approved by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion from time to time. In addition, to the extent permitted under applicable law, loan
repayments will continue during a Participant’s bankruptcy, unless a court of competent jurisdiction orders the Plan to cease such repayments and a copy of such order is provided to the Plan Administrator.” 

 *** SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS *** 
  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	7	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of December, 2008. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

			
		 	Name:	 	  

			
		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	8	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

									
	Reviewed and approved.
			
		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
				
	Dated: December     , 2008	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	Dated: December     , 2008	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	9	 	January 1, 2008
	Final	 		 	

 Eleventh Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Highly Compensated Employee” in Section 1.5 is amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “Highly Compensated Employee. 
  

	 	(a)	A “Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year is any employee who: 

  

	 	(i)	at any time during such Plan Year or the 12-month period preceding such Plan Year, owns or owned (or is considered as owning or having owned within the meaning of Code
Section 318) more than five percent of the outstanding stock of the Company or an Affiliate or stock possessing more than five percent of the total combined voting power of all outstanding stock of the Company or an Affiliate; or

  

	 	(ii)	during the 12-month period preceding such Plan Year, received compensation in excess of $80,000 (or such dollar amount, adjusted to reflect increases in the cost of
living, as in effect under Code Section 414(q)(1)(B) for the calendar year during which the Plan Year in question begins). 

  

	 	(b)	For purposes of this section: 

  

	 	(i)	an ‘employee’ is any individual (other than an individual who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income (within the meaning of Code
Section 911(d)(2)) from the Company or an Affiliate that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)) who, during the Plan Year for which the determination is being made, performs
services for the Company or an Affiliate as 

  

	 	(A)	a common-law employee, 

  

					
	11th Amendment	 		 	Technical Amendments Made
	PDAP	 	1	 	Pursuant To IRS Request
	Original	 		 	

	 	(B)	an employee pursuant to Code section 401(c)(1) or 

  

	 	(C)	a Leased Employee; and 

  

	 	(ii)	‘compensation’ for any period means an employee’s Section 415 Wages for the period. 

  

	 	(iii)	a former employee of the Company or an Affiliate shall be treated as a former Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an Affiliate if the former employee was a
Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an Affiliate when the former employee terminated employment or the former employee was a Highly Compensated Employee of the Company or an Affiliate at any time after attaining age 55. The determination
of who is a former Highly Compensated Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining Highly Compensated Employee status as in effect for that determination year in accordance with Section 1.414(q)-1T, Q&A-4 of the Temporary Income
Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45 or later guidance under the Code.” 

 2. The definition of “Leased
Employee” in Section 1.5 is amended by deleting the phrase “primary direction and control” contained therein and substituting the phrase “primary direction or control” in lieu thereof. 
 3. Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006, Section 4.5(b)(ii) is amended by deleting the last sentence
thereof and substituting the following in lieu thereof: 
 “If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more
cash or deferred arrangements that have different plan years, the Elective Deferral Contributions made under all such cash or deferred arrangements during the Plan Year shall be aggregated for purposes of the testing provisions of this
Section 4.5.” 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of June, 2009. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

			
		 	Name:	 	  

			
		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	10th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2008
	Original	 		 	

 Twelfth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted September 24, 2004 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. Effective January 1, 2009, Section 7.4(a) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(a)	If a Participant is eligible to receive a distribution under Section 7.2 then, in lieu of any other form and amount of benefit payment provided by the applicable
Section, his or her benefit will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity unless before such date the Participant elects in writing not to have his or her benefits paid by such method and his or her Spouse consents to such
election in the manner described below.” 

 2. Effective January 1, 2009, Section 7.15 is amended
by adding the following new subsection (c) at the end thereof: 
 “No withdrawal may be made pursuant to this
Section 7.15 unless the Participant and his or her Spouse, if any, consent to such withdrawal in the form of a single sum payment.” 
 3. Effective December 18, 2009, Section 12.7(a) is amended by deleting the last sentence and substituting the following in lieu thereof: 
 “For purposes of the preceding sentence, a Participant will not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment if (i) the
Participant is receiving benefits from the United Air Lines, Inc. Pilot Disability Income Plan, or (ii) with respect to Participant on furlough, the Plan first receives notification from the Employer on or after December 18, 2009 of such
furlough status.” 
 *** SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS *** 
  

					
	12th Amendment	 		 	
	PDAP	 	1	 	
	Original	 		 	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed on its behalf this
         day of             , 2009. 
  

					
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

			
		 	Name:	 	  

			
		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	12th Amendment	 		 	
	PDAP	 	2	 	
	Original	 		 	

									
	Reviewed and approved.
			
		 		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
				
	Dated: August     , 2009	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

				
	Dated: August     , 2009	 		 	By:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Name:	 	  

					
		 		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	12th Amendment	 		 	
	PDAP	 	3	 	
	Original	 		 	

 Thirteenth Amendment 
 to 
 United Airlines 
 Pilot Directed Account Plan 
 (2002 Restatement) 
 By virtue and in exercise of the amending power
reserved to United Air Lines, Inc. (the “Company”) by Section 11.1 of the United Airlines Pilot Directed Account Plan – 2002 Restatement (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company adopted November 10, 2008 and action taken by the Retirement and Welfare Administration Committee, the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. The definition of “Earnings” under Section 1.5 is amended effective January 1, 2009 by adding the following new subparagraph (xiii) to the list of exclusions in the first
paragraph: 
 “(xiii) any distribution under the A:14 incentive program.” 
 2. Effective January 1, 2008, Section 4.6(c) is amended by adding the following paragraph at the end thereof: 
 “Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2008, any earnings allocable to Excess
Elective Deferrals for the ‘gap period’ between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution shall not be distributed to the Participant and shall instead remain in the Participant’s Account.” 
 3. Effective January 1, 2009, Section 7.3(a)(ii) is amended by adding the following sentence at the end thereof: 
 “Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2009, to the extent required under Code Section 417(a)(1)(A) and in
accordance with rules established by the Plan Administrator, a Participant shall be permitted to elect a “qualified optional survivor annuity” (as defined in Code Section 417(g)) that provides a reduced monthly annuity benefit for the
Participant’s life with a survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s Spouse that is 75% of the monthly annuity benefit payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse.” 
 4, Effective as of the date specified by the Plan Administrator, Section 7.3 shall be amended by adding the following new paragraph
(e) at the end thereof: 
  

	 	“(e)	Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a Participant, Surviving Spouse, Beneficiary, alternate payee, or any other person becomes entitled under
this Section 7 to receive all or any portion of the Participant’s Accounts and such amount does not exceed $1,000, the entire amount shall be distributed in a single lump sum payment as soon as administratively feasible, in accordance with
the procedures as the Plan Administrator may adept from time to time.” 

  

					
	13th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	1	 	January 1, 2009
	Original	 		 	

 5. Effective January 1, 2010, Section 7.14(b)(ii)(A)(2) is amended in it’s
entirety to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(2)	liquidation of the Participant’s assets (including those of his or her Spouse and minor children or, if applicable, his or her “domestic partner” as
determined under the Employer’s employment policies and regulations), to the extent the liquidation would not in itself cause an immediate and heavy financial need;” 

 6. Effective January 1, 2010, Section 7.I4(b)(ii)(A)(4) is amended in its entirety to read as follows: 
  

	 	“(4)	by other distributions or loans to the Participant or his or her Spouse (or, if applicable, his or her “domestic partner” as determined under the
Employer’s employment policies and regulations) from other Company plans or plans of any other past or present employer, or by borrowing through a commercial loan on reasonable terms (such as an Alliant Credit Union loan).”

 7. Effective only for the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2009, a new subsection (f) is added to the
end of Section 7.16 and shall read as follows: 
  

	 	“(f)	Special Relief for 2009. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.16, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive
required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code Section 401(a)(9)(H) (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or
(2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy)
of the Participant and the participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years, will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and
Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence wilt be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence (or to modify their existing distribution elections in accordance with the terms of the Plan
and applicable law). 

 Pursuant to Code Section 401 (a)(9)(H)(ii)(II), if the 5-year rule for post-death
distributions described in Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii) applies with respect to required minimum distributions to a Participant’s Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, such 5-year period shall be determined without regard to 2009.

  

					
	13th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	2	 	January 1, 2009
	Original	 		 	

 Any distributions pursuant to this Section 7.16 to terminated Participants or
Beneficiaries that include 2009 RMDs may not be rolled over back into the Plan. In addition, a direct rollover will be offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code
Section 401(a)(9)(H).” 
 *** SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS *** 
  

					
	13th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	3	 	January 1, 2009
	Original	 		 	

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this amendment to be executed
on its behalf this 22nd day of December, 2009. 

 

			
	UNITED AIR LINES, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  

					
	13th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	4	 	January 1, 2009
	Original	 		 	

							
	Reviewed and approved.	 		 		 	
		
		 	AIR LINE PILOTS ASSOCIATION, INTERNATIONAL
			
	Dated: December 22, 2009	 	By:	 	  

				
		 		 	Name:	 	
				
		 		 	Title:	 	
			
	Dated:                 , 2009	 	By:	 	  

				
		 		 	Name:	 	  

				
		 		 	Title:	 	  

  

					
	13th Amendment	 		 	Generally Effective Beginning
	PDAP	 	5	 	January 1, 2009
	Original

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00169-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00169-of-00352.parquet"}]]